WO2019003418A1 - Sound information processing device, sound information processing method, and program - Google Patents

Sound information processing device, sound information processing method, and program Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2019003418A1
WO2019003418A1 PCT/JP2017/024150 JP2017024150W WO2019003418A1 WO 2019003418 A1 WO2019003418 A1 WO 2019003418A1 JP 2017024150 W JP2017024150 W JP 2017024150W WO 2019003418 A1 WO2019003418 A1 WO 2019003418A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
information
soma
unit
sound information
output
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2017/024150
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
裕子 石若
Original Assignee
ソフトバンク株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by ソフトバンク株式会社 filed Critical ソフトバンク株式会社
Priority to PCT/JP2017/024150 priority Critical patent/WO2019003418A1/en
Priority to JP2019526095A priority patent/JP6912569B2/en
Publication of WO2019003418A1 publication Critical patent/WO2019003418A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G10MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS; ACOUSTICS
    • G10KSOUND-PRODUCING DEVICES; METHODS OR DEVICES FOR PROTECTING AGAINST, OR FOR DAMPING, NOISE OR OTHER ACOUSTIC WAVES IN GENERAL; ACOUSTICS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G10K15/00Acoustics not otherwise provided for
    • G10K15/04Sound-producing devices

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a sound information processing apparatus or the like that processes and outputs received sound information.
  • the brain activity can be maintained while enjoying for a long time by activating the entire brain in a well-balanced manner in a balanced manner, without discarding the original sound information, and being able to select the load according to the level of the listener.
  • audio signal processing methods for video coding have been used.
  • Such a technology is an audio signal processing method of dividing an audio signal at a predetermined time, dividing it into right and left, and shifting the audio signal distributed left and right thereafter in time, and continuously changing the overlapping rate from 50% to 100%.
  • the audio signal processing apparatus is an input unit for inputting headphone output such as a CD player, a storage unit for storing the input signal, a processing unit for dividing and assembling the stored audio signal into predetermined time, and removing noise It has an output unit for outputting the voice signal, an operation display unit for setting the operation of the apparatus and displaying the state, and a control unit for monitoring and controlling the operation of each of these parts (see Patent Document 1).
  • the sound information processing apparatus sequentially receives the sound information, the receiving unit, and divides the sound information received by the receiving unit into two or more frequency bands, and acquires two or more partial sound information.
  • the sound information processing apparatus includes a changing unit that synthesizes two or more partial sound information having different frequency bands at different timings and acquires output sound information, and an output unit that outputs the output sound information.
  • the changing unit divides the sound information received by the receiving unit into two or more frequency bands and the two or more partial sound information according to the first invention.
  • Output sound information by combining partial sound information of high frequency band among sound information acquired and received earlier in time and partial sound information of low frequency band among sound information received later in time Is a sound information processing apparatus that acquires
  • the changing unit divides the sound information received by the receiving unit into two or more frequency bands.
  • First division means for acquiring partial sound information and temporarily accumulating the first cue, and temporally dividing the sound information received by the reception unit into two or more, and acquiring two or more second partial sound information;
  • the second division means temporarily accumulated in the second cue, one or more first partial sound information of the first cue, and one or more second partial sound information of the second cue are sequentially extracted, synthesized, and output
  • a sound information processing apparatus comprising: synthesis means for acquiring sound information.
  • the sound information processing apparatus has a soma identifier for identifying soma and firing condition information on a condition for firing the soma. It has a soma related information storage unit in which two or more soma related information are stored, a combination information storage unit in which one or more combination information specifying a combination between two or more soma is stored, and one or more soma identifiers
  • the output unit further includes an output management information storage unit storing one or more output management information having an output condition which is a condition for output using a firing pattern and output information which is output information, and the change unit
  • the sound information received by the reception unit is divided into two or more frequency bands, and the first division unit for acquiring two or more first partial sound information and the sound information received by the reception unit are temporally divided into two or more ,
  • the second division means for acquiring the above-mentioned second partial sound information, the characteristic information acquisition means for acquiring one or more characteristic information
  • sound information obtained by imitating the function of the human ear or brain can be obtained.
  • Block diagram of sound information processing apparatus A according to the first embodiment A flowchart for explaining the first process of the same sound information processing apparatus A A flowchart describing the second process of the sound information processing apparatus A in the same manner.
  • Block diagram of sound information processing apparatus B in the second embodiment Block diagram of the processing unit 6 Flow chart for explaining the operation of the same sound information processing apparatus B
  • a flowchart describing details of an example of the same ignition transmission process A flowchart explaining the details of the same fire determination processing
  • a flowchart describing details of an example of the same firing pattern process A flowchart describing an example of the same soma growth process
  • a flowchart explaining an example of the same AXON growth processing A flowchart describing an example of the same Dendrites growth process
  • a flowchart describing an example of the same soma combining process Flow chart explaining an example of same glial cell growth processing Flow chart explaining an example of the same apoptosis processing Overview of computer system in the above embodiment Block diagram of the same computer system
  • a sound information processing apparatus which divides received sound information into two or more frequency bands, shifts them in time, combines the shifted sounds, and sequentially outputs them.
  • the partial sound information of the high frequency band received earlier in time and the partial sound information of the low frequency band received later in time are synthesized.
  • a buffer in which partial sound information with high time resolution is stored and a buffer in which partial sound information with high frequency resolution is stored, and partial sound information of each buffer is acquired and synthesized.
  • the sound information processing apparatus will be described.
  • FIG. 1 is a block diagram of a sound information processing apparatus A according to the present embodiment.
  • the sound information processing apparatus A includes a storage unit 1, a reception unit 2, a change unit 3, and an output unit 4.
  • the changing unit 3 includes a first dividing unit 31, a second dividing unit 32, and a combining unit 33.
  • the changing unit 3 may have three or more dividing units including not only the first dividing unit 31 and the second dividing unit 32 but also a third dividing unit and the like. An example of processing in the case of having three or more dividing means will be described later.
  • the storage unit 1 stores various types of information.
  • the various types of information are, for example, sound information received by the reception unit 2 and partial sound information to be described later.
  • the storage unit 1 has two or more queues described later.
  • the receiving unit 2 sequentially receives sound information.
  • the receiving unit 2 may be considered to receive, for example, a stream of sound information.
  • the receiving unit 2 may be considered to receive sound information on which FFT is applied to an electronic signal of analog sound. That is, the sound information received by the receiving unit 2 may be an analog electrical signal or digital data.
  • acceptance means, for example, acceptance of information input from an input device such as a microphone, reception of information transmitted via a wired or wireless communication line, or from a recording medium such as an optical disc, a magnetic disc, or a semiconductor memory. It is a concept including reception of read information and the like.
  • the input means may be anything such as a microphone or a menu screen.
  • the reception unit 2 can be realized by a device driver of input means such as a microphone, control software of a menu screen, or the like.
  • the changing unit 3 divides the sound information received by the receiving unit 2 into two or more frequency bands, and acquires two or more partial sound information. Next, the changing unit 3 synthesizes two or more partial sound information having different frequency bands at different timings to obtain output sound information.
  • the output sound information is sound information to be output.
  • the changing unit 3 may acquire two or more partial sound information from the sound information of digital data, or apply, for example, an FFT to the sound information of an analog electrical signal, and the information obtained by the FFT It may be divided into two or more frequency bands, and two or more partial sound information may be acquired.
  • the partial sound information is digital data acquired from the sound information.
  • the changing unit 3 normally divides the sound information received by the receiving unit 2 into two or more frequency bands, acquires two or more partial sound information, and high frequency band of the sound information received earlier in time
  • the partial sound information of is synthesized with the partial sound information of the low frequency band of the sound information received later in time to obtain the output sound information.
  • processing applies a property in which the sound information in the frequency band is processed earlier than the sound information in the low frequency in the ear.
  • the changing unit 3 applies a plurality of STFTs (short time Fourier transform) in parallel to the sound information received by the receiving unit 2.
  • STFTs short time Fourier transform
  • the changing unit 3 applies (1) STFT with high time resolution to the sound information received by the receiving unit 2, (2) applies STFT with high frequency resolution, (3) (1) It is assumed that STFT is applied to the sound information in parallel three times in a manner such as to apply STFT in the middle between (2) and (2).
  • the rounding widths are different.
  • the processing applied to the STFT is processing of division means such as a first division means 31 described later and a second division means 32 described later.
  • the changing unit 3 After applying the STFT, the changing unit 3 adds to the next input data, using, for example, the delay of each frequency and the echo parameter (liquid specific).
  • the addition is a process of the combining unit 33 described later.
  • the processing result of (1) may be the Octopus feature amount
  • the processing result of (2) may be the Stellate feature amount
  • the processing result of (3) may be the Bushy feature amount.
  • Octopus, Stellate and Bushy are cells which respectively constitute a cochlear nucleus (Cochlear nucleus).
  • the first dividing unit 31 constituting the changing unit 3 divides the sound information received by the receiving unit 2 into two or more frequency bands, acquires two or more pieces of first partial sound information, and temporarily stores them in the first queue. .
  • the first dividing means 31 accumulates first partial sound information of two or more different frequency bands in the cue corresponding to each frequency band.
  • the queue is determined by the frequency band.
  • the first dividing means 31 may apply STFT having a high frequency resolution in (2) above.
  • the second dividing means 32 temporally divides the sound information received by the receiving unit 2 into two or more, acquires two or more pieces of second partial sound information, and temporarily accumulates them in a second queue. When there are a plurality of second cues, the second dividing means 32 accumulates second partial sound information of two or more different frequency bands in the corresponding cues.
  • the second dividing means 32 may apply STFT having a high time resolution in (1) above.
  • the division of sound information by the second division means 32 is higher in time resolution than the division of sound information by the first division means 31. Further, the division of the sound information by the first division means 31 has higher frequency resolution than the division of the sound information by the second division means 32.
  • the synthesis means 33 sequentially extracts and synthesizes the first partial sound information of one or more first cues and the second partial sound information of one or more second cues, and outputs the output sound information. get.
  • the first partial sound information and the second partial sound information are collectively referred to as partial sound information as appropriate.
  • the synthesis of two or more partial sound information is usually the addition of two or more partial sound information.
  • the synthesis of two or more partial sound information may be, for example, a process of adding two or more partial sound information with a weight.
  • the synthesizing unit 33 sequentially extracts, for example, the first partial sound information of each of the two or more first cues and the second partial sound information of the second cue, synthesizes them, and acquires output sound information.
  • the two or more pieces of first partial sound information of the two or more first cues used for synthesis by the synthesizing means 33 are the first partial sound information of the high frequency band of the sound information received earlier in time; It is partial sound information of a low frequency band among sound information received later in time.
  • the combining means 33 takes out from the first cue at a faster pace as the first partial sound information of the high frequency band as compared with the partial sound information of the low frequency band and uses it for synthesis.
  • the output unit 4 outputs the output sound information acquired by the synthesizing unit 33.
  • the output is a concept including delivery of the processing result to another processing device or another program, sound output, transmission to an external device, storage in a recording medium, and the like.
  • the processing performed by another processing device or another program is, for example, the realization of the function of the brain described in the second embodiment. That is, delivery of the processing result is, for example, delivery of the processing result to a processing apparatus or program using the soma group described in the second embodiment.
  • the storage unit 1 is preferably a non-volatile storage medium, but can be realized also as a volatile storage medium.
  • the process of storing information in the storage unit 1 does not matter. For example, information may be stored in the storage unit 1 via a recording medium, or information transmitted via a communication line may be stored in the storage unit 1, or The information input via the input device may be stored in the storage unit 1.
  • the changing unit 3, the first dividing unit 31, the second dividing unit 32, and the combining unit 33 can be usually realized by an MPU, a memory or the like.
  • the processing procedure of the change unit 3 or the like is realized by software, and the software is stored in a storage medium such as a ROM.
  • it may be realized by hardware (a dedicated circuit).
  • the output unit 4 may be realized by an MPU, a memory or the like, or may be realized by driver software of an output device such as a speaker or driver software of an output device and an output device or the like.
  • Step S201 The receiving unit 2 determines whether sound information has been received. If the sound information is received, the process goes to step S202. If the sound information is not received, the process returns to step S201.
  • the first dividing unit 31 divides the sound information received by the receiving unit 2 into sound information of two or more frequency bands, and acquires two or more pieces of first partial sound information corresponding to each frequency band.
  • the first dividing unit 31 temporarily accumulates the two or more pieces of first partial sound information acquired in step S202 in one or more first cues.
  • the first division means 31 temporarily accumulates in the cue so that the first partial sound information in the high frequency frequency band is taken out earlier in time as compared to the first partial sound information in the low frequency frequency band.
  • the first division means 31 temporarily accumulates the first partial sound information of the high frequency frequency band in a fast cue of the information output rotation, and the first partial sound information of the low frequency frequency band of the information output rotation Temporarily accumulate in a slow queue.
  • a fast rotating queue is a queue with a short cycle of retrieving information.
  • a slow rotation queue is a queue that has a long information retrieval cycle.
  • the second dividing unit 32 divides the sound information received by the receiving unit 2 into two or more time zones, and acquires two or more pieces of second partial sound information.
  • the second division means 32 may divide each piece of second partial sound information of each time zone into information of two or more frequency bands, and may obtain further divided second partial sound information.
  • Step S205 The second division means 32 temporarily accumulates the two or more pieces of second partial sound information acquired in step S204 in one or more second cues. It returns to step S201. Note that the second division means 32 temporarily sets in the queue the second partial sound information in the high frequency frequency band to be taken out earlier in time as compared to the second partial sound information in the low frequency frequency band. You may accumulate.
  • the processing is terminated by an interruption of power off or processing termination.
  • Step S301 The combining unit 33 determines whether or not partial sound information exists in any of two or more cues. If partial sound information exists, the process goes to step S302, and if partial sound information does not exist, the process returns to step S301.
  • Step S302 The combining unit 33 substitutes 1 into the counter i.
  • Step S303 The combining unit 33 determines whether the i-th cue storing partial sound information used for combining the output sound information is present. If the i-th queue exists, the process goes to step S304, and if the i-th queue does not exist, the process goes to step S306.
  • Step S304 The synthesizing unit 33 acquires partial sound information from the i-th cue.
  • Step S305 The combining unit 33 increments the counter i by one. It returns to step S303.
  • Step S306 The combining unit 33 combines the two or more partial sound information acquired in step S304, and acquires output sound information.
  • Step S307 The output unit 4 outputs the output sound information acquired in step S306. It returns to step S301.
  • the processing is ended by an interruption of power off or processing end.
  • the output unit 4 passes output sound information to another processing device or another program, the processing performed by the other processing device or the other program on the output sound information does not matter.
  • Other processing devices and other programs perform in-brain processing using, for example, the soma group described in the second embodiment.
  • the processing in the present embodiment may be realized by software. Then, this software may be distributed by software download or the like. Also, the software may be distributed by being recorded on a recording medium such as a CD-ROM.
  • the software for realizing the sound information processing apparatus A in the present embodiment is a program as follows. That is, this program divides the computer into a reception unit that receives sound information sequentially, and divides the sound information received by the reception unit into two or more frequency bands, and acquires two or more partial sound information
  • the program is configured to function as a changing unit that synthesizes two or more partial sound information having different frequency bands at different timings to obtain output sound information, and an output unit that outputs the output sound information.
  • the changing unit divides the sound information received by the receiving unit into two or more frequency bands, acquires two or more partial sound information, and among the sound information received earlier in time
  • the changing unit divides the sound information received by the receiving unit into two or more frequency bands, acquires two or more first partial sound information, and temporarily stores the first partial sound information in a first queue.
  • a division unit, a second division unit for temporally dividing the sound information received by the reception unit into two or more, acquiring two or more second partial sound information, and temporarily storing the second partial sound information in the second queue;
  • synthesizing means for sequentially extracting and combining one or more first partial sound information of one cue and one or more second partial sound information of the second cue, and obtaining output sound information.
  • the program is a program that causes a computer to function.
  • the present embodiment differs from the first embodiment in that a structure or function in the brain is used.
  • the function to be realized is the same as that of the first embodiment. That is, also in the present embodiment, a sound information processing apparatus will be described which divides the received sound information into two or more frequency bands, shifts them in time, combines the shifted sounds, and sequentially outputs them.
  • the firing conditions of one or more soma (may be referred to as a nerve cell body) are stored, and each soma fires using one or more information obtained from the input.
  • a sound information processing apparatus that determines output information by using the firing pattern, determines output information from the one or more output information, and outputs the output information. explain.
  • a sound information processing apparatus in which the process of transmitting feature information is performed using ignition start point information that manages information of soma to be fired first corresponding to the feature information.
  • a sound information processing apparatus will be described in which there are two or more soma groups (may be referred to as nerve cell groups) and information is passed between the coupled soma groups.
  • the information transfer is performed by the link having AXON (may be referred to as axon) and Dentrites (may be referred to as dendrite).
  • AXON may be referred to as axon
  • Dentrites may be referred to as dendrite
  • a sound information processing apparatus in which the operated element does not operate if time has not elapsed so as to satisfy the predetermined condition.
  • the elements are, for example, soma, AXON, Dendrites.
  • a sound information processing apparatus which outputs different output sound information based on the firing pattern and one or more pieces of external information.
  • the external information is, for example, weather, temperature, scenery of the outside world, smell, sound, light and the like.
  • the trigger for growth is firing or receiving information.
  • an element has position information, and a sound information processing apparatus that realizes the growth and combination of elements using position information will be described.
  • soma disappears when there is a large number of soma so as to satisfy a predetermined condition, or soma which has a small number of times of firing so as to satisfy a predetermined condition so as not to be connected to Dendrites Disappear, or the connected AXON disappears a soma that has not reached a predetermined goal.
  • FIG. 4 is a block diagram of the sound information processing apparatus B in the present embodiment.
  • FIG. 5 is a block diagram of the processing unit 6.
  • the sound information processing apparatus B includes a storage unit 5, a reception unit 2, a processing unit 6, and an output unit 4.
  • the storage unit 5 includes a soma related information storage unit 51, a soma group information storage unit 52, a combined information storage unit 53, a glial cell information storage unit 54, an ignition start point information storage unit 55, an output management information storage unit 56, and a learning condition storage unit. 57, a learning information storage unit 58, a firing information storage unit 59, and a combined use information storage unit 60.
  • the receiving unit 2 includes an input information receiving unit 21.
  • the processing unit 6 includes a change unit 61, a learning detection unit 62, a learning information storage unit 63, a growth unit 64, an apoptosis processing unit 65, and a firing information storage unit 66.
  • the change unit 61 includes a first division unit 31, a second division unit 32, a feature information acquisition unit 611, an information transmission unit 612, a soma calculation unit 613, a determination unit 614, a firing probability change unit 615, a firing pattern acquisition unit 616, and a combination.
  • a unit 617 and a control unit 618 are provided.
  • the information transfer means 612 includes an ignition start point soma determination means 6121, a connection detection means 6122, and a transfer information acquisition means 6123.
  • the storage unit 5 stores various types of information.
  • the various information includes, for example, sound information received by the reception unit 2, partial sound information, soma related information to be described later, soma group information to be described later, coupling information to be described later, glial cell information to be described later, ignition starting point information to be described later Output management information to be output, learning conditions to be described later, learning information to be described later, firing information to be described later, usage combination information to be described later.
  • the storage unit 5 usually has two or more queues.
  • the soma related information storage unit 51 stores two or more soma related information.
  • the soma related information is information on soma.
  • the soma related information has a soma identifier and firing condition information.
  • the soma related information usually includes one or more Dendrites information and one or more AXON information.
  • Dendrites information is information on Dendrites that realizes the input of information to soma.
  • Dendrites information has Dendrites identifier.
  • the Dendrites identifier is information for identifying Dendrites, and is, for example, an ID, a name, or the like.
  • the Dendrites information comprises Dendrites location information.
  • AXON information is information related to AXON that realizes output of information from soma.
  • the AXON information has an AXON identifier.
  • the AXON identifier is information for identifying AXON, and is, for example, an ID, a name or the like.
  • the AXON information preferably includes AXON position information.
  • the soma related information may have goal information.
  • Goal information is information for specifying a goal.
  • the goal is the destination of AXON or Dentrites connected to soma.
  • Goal information is information indicating a position.
  • the goal information is, for example, position information.
  • the goal information is, for example, three-dimensional coordinate values (x, y, z) or two-dimensional coordinate values (x, y) or four-dimensional quaternions (x, y, x, w).
  • the soma related information may not have Dentrites information or AXON information.
  • the soma related information may have a synapse identifier that identifies a synapse or a spine identifier that identifies a spine in association with AXON information or Dendrites information.
  • synapse identifiers correspond to AXON information.
  • spine identifiers correspond to Dendrites information.
  • the soma related information may have a soma group identifier that identifies the soma group to which the soma belongs. Also, the soma related information may be associated with the soma group identifier.
  • the soma related information has soma position information indicating the position of soma.
  • the soma position information is, for example, three-dimensional coordinate values (x, y, z) or two-dimensional coordinate values (x, y) or four-dimensional quaternions (x, y, x, w).
  • Dendrites position information is information for specifying the position of Dentrites, and for example, one or more three-dimensional coordinate values (x, y, z), or one or more two-dimensional coordinate values (x) , Y).
  • Dendrites position information has two or more coordinate values
  • Dendrites is a line connecting points of the two or more coordinate values.
  • AXON position information is information for specifying the position of AXON, and, for example, one or more three-dimensional coordinate values (x, y, z), or one or more two-dimensional coordinate values (x) , Y).
  • AXON position information has two or more coordinate values
  • AXON is a line connecting points of two or more coordinate values.
  • Dendrites and AXON may be branched. Each position information when Dendrites and AXON branch may be represented by three or four or more coordinate values. However, it does not matter how to express Dendrites position information and AXON position information.
  • the soma identifier is information that identifies soma.
  • the soma identifier is, for example, an ID, a name or the like.
  • the firing condition information is information on the condition for firing the soma.
  • the firing condition information usually has one or more pieces of feature information.
  • the characteristic information may be information having an information identifier for identifying the information and an amount of information indicating the size of the information, or may be information of only the amount of information indicating the size of the information.
  • the amount of information is, for example, a numerical value greater than zero.
  • the feature information that constitutes the firing condition information is the amount of information.
  • the feature information is, for example, a feature amount, but may be input information itself.
  • the feature amount is, for example, a feature amount of sound as a result of sound analysis, and a feature amount of an image as a result of image analysis. Needless to say, the sound may be voice.
  • the firing condition information preferably includes firing probability information.
  • the firing probability information is information on the probability of firing.
  • the firing probability information may be the firing probability itself or a value obtained by converting the firing probability by a function or the like. With reference to the firing probability information, it is preferable that the soma fires or does not fire even if the feature information is the same with the probability indicated by the firing probability information.
  • the soma related information may be grouped. "Grouped” is, for example, that the soma related information is associated with the soma group identifier. Correspondence is good meaning as long as correspondence is possible.
  • the soma group identifier is information identifying the soma group to which the soma belongs. "Grouped” means, for example, that goal information possessed by soma related information is identical. Also, “grouped” means, for example, having the same soma group identifier, and "grouped” means, for example, being linked by a link. Needless to say, there is no limitation on the method and data structure of grouping of soma related information.
  • the soma related information may have a soma group identifier.
  • the soma related information have stored energy amount information indicating the amount of energy held by the soma. In addition, it is preferable that the soma related information have necessary energy amount information indicating an energy amount necessary for ignition. In addition, it is preferable that the Dendrites information includes possessed energy amount information indicating the amount of energy held by Dendrites. In addition, it is preferable that Dendrites information has necessary energy amount information necessary for performing information transmission using Dendrites. Further, it is preferable that the AXON information includes possessed energy amount information indicating the amount of energy held by AXON. Furthermore, it is preferable that AXON information has necessary energy amount information necessary for performing information transmission using AXON.
  • the soma group information storage unit 52 stores two or more pieces of soma group information.
  • the soma group information includes soma group identifiers and goal information.
  • the goal information is information for specifying the extension destination of AXON or Dendrites connected to the soma belonging to the soma group.
  • the goal information is, for example, one or more three-dimensional coordinate values (x, y, z), or one or more two-dimensional coordinate values (x, y).
  • the goal information may be, for example, information indicating a direction.
  • Binding information is information that identifies binding between two or more soma.
  • the binding information may be information specifying binding between one soma AXON and another soma Dendrites. Such information is also information specifying the binding between soma.
  • the binding information may be information specifying the binding between one synapse and one spine. Such information is also information specifying the binding between soma.
  • the binding information has, for example, two soma identifiers to be bound.
  • the connection information includes, for example, an AXON identifier of AXON and a Dendrites identifier of Dendrites to be associated with the AXON.
  • connection information includes, for example, a synapse identifier of a synapse, and a spine identifier of a spine capable of transmitting information between the synapse.
  • the combined information may comprise information transfer probability information.
  • the information transfer probability information is information on the probability of performing information transfer between one soma and another soma.
  • the information transfer probability information may be information on the probability of performing information transfer between AXON and Dendrites.
  • the information transfer probability information is information on the probability of performing information transfer between one soma and another soma.
  • the information transfer probability information may be information on the probability of performing information transfer between the synapse and the spine.
  • the information transfer probability information is information on the probability of performing information transfer between one soma and another soma.
  • the bonding direction between soma is usually one direction.
  • the connection information may be information indicating the connection between soma and AXON.
  • the combined information includes the soma identifier and the AXON identifier.
  • the connection information may also be information indicating the connection between soma and Dendrites.
  • the binding information includes the soma identifier and the Dendrites identifier.
  • the binding information may be information identifying the binding between glial cells and AXON or Dendrites.
  • the binding information includes, for example, a glial cell identifier that identifies glial cell information and an AXON identifier.
  • the binding information may include, for example, a glial cell identifier and a Dendrites identifier.
  • the glial cell information storage unit 54 stores one or more glial cell information.
  • Glial cell information is information on glial cells. It is preferred that the glial cell information has a glial cell identifier that identifies glial cells.
  • the glial cell information has, for example, a soma identifier that identifies soma to bind, or a binding information identifier that identifies binding information to bind.
  • the glial cell information has, for example, an AXON identifier of AXON that binds to the glial cells, or a Dendrites identifier of Dendrites that binds to the glial cells.
  • glial cell information has a glial cell type identifier that identifies the glial cell type.
  • the types of glial cells are, for example, oligodendrocites (hereinafter referred to as "oligo" as appropriate) and astrocites. Oligo is a cell that can be connected to axon. Astrocites are cells that can connect to soma or Dendrites.
  • glial cell information has glial cell position information that specifies the position of glial cells.
  • oligo glial cell information has glial cell position information.
  • glial cell information may have length information indicating the length of one or more hands.
  • glial cell information may include information indicating the number of hands leaving glial cells. Then, in general, it is preferable that the glial cells do not grow when the total length of the glial cells calculated from the hand length information reaches the threshold.
  • the firing start point information storage unit 55 stores one or more pieces of firing start point information.
  • the firing start point information has an information identifier for identifying feature information, and one or more soma identifiers for identifying soma to be fired when the feature information is accepted.
  • the information identifier is, for example, information for specifying the type of feature amount of sound information, and is, for example, information for identifying sound information of a specific frequency band.
  • the output management information storage unit 56 stores one or more output management information.
  • the output management information is information having an output condition and output information.
  • the output management information may be information on a pair of output conditions and output information.
  • the output condition is a condition used to determine output information.
  • the output condition is a condition for output using the firing pattern.
  • the output condition may be a firing pattern itself or information having a firing pattern and output probability information.
  • the output probability information is information on the probability for acquiring the output information.
  • the output condition may be information on the lower limit of the firing pattern and the number of soma identifiers included in the firing pattern to be applied, information on the lower limit of the ratio of the soma identifier in the firing pattern to the firing pattern to be applied, or the like.
  • the firing pattern has one or more soma identifiers.
  • the firing pattern is a pattern of firing of one or more soma.
  • the output condition may be a condition using a firing pattern and information on one or more pieces of external information.
  • External information is external information. External information may be referred to as user context.
  • the external information is, for example, temperature, weather, smell and the like.
  • the external information is usually information that can be accepted other than the input information when the input information is accepted.
  • the output information is information corresponding to the firing pattern.
  • the output information is, for example, one or two or more pieces of feature information (may be referred to as a feature amount) of sound information.
  • the output information is, for example, emotion information on human emotion, intention information indicating the intention of the person, action information on the movement of the human body, and the like.
  • Emotion information is, for example, happy, sad, hate, surprise, etc.
  • Emotion information is, for example, an ID for identifying an emotion.
  • the intention information is, for example, information identifying an intention.
  • the action information is, for example, information reflected on the movement of an avatar (character).
  • the technology for operating the avatar is a known technology, and thus the detailed description is omitted.
  • the learning condition storage unit 57 stores one or more learning conditions.
  • the learning condition is a condition for learning to be performed.
  • the learning condition is a condition using a firing pattern.
  • the learning condition may be the firing pattern itself.
  • the learning condition includes, for example, a firing pattern having one or more soma identifiers, the number of soma requiring firing for learning, or the ratio of soma requiring firing for learning (included in the firing pattern for learning condition) Among the soma identifiers to be sent, the number of fired soma / the number of soma identifiers included in the firing pattern included in the learning condition may be used.
  • the learning conditions may include firing patterns and learning probability information.
  • the learning probability information is information on the probability to decide to learn. If the learning condition has learning probability information, even if the judgment using the firing pattern can be judged as "learning", it is judged probabilistically using the learning probability information and judged as "do not learn" It may be done.
  • the learning information storage unit 58 stores one or more pieces of learning information.
  • Learning information is learned information.
  • the learning information is information used after learning.
  • the learning information includes input information or one or more pieces of feature information acquired from the input information, and a firing pattern.
  • the feature information here may be an information identifier for identifying the feature information.
  • the characteristic information here may be an information identifier and an information amount.
  • the learning information may have holding time information indicating the holding time of the firing pattern. The holding time is the time to be erased when the firing pattern is not used. Note that, for example, the processing unit 6 performs a process of deleting learning information that has not been used for the time indicated by the holding time information.
  • the firing information storage unit 59 stores one or more firing information.
  • the firing information here is information on the result of firing.
  • the firing information has a soma identifier that identifies the fired soma.
  • the firing information may typically include timer information indicating when it fires.
  • the timer information may be information indicating a relative time or may be information on a time indicating an absolute time. Note that the firing information in the firing information storage unit 59 may be automatically deleted by the processing unit 6 after a predetermined time has elapsed since the storage.
  • the usage combination information storage unit 60 stores one or more usage combination information.
  • the use combination information is information indicating a history of use of the combination information for the transmission of information.
  • the use combination information may be information indicating a history of use of AXON or Dentrites for transmission of information.
  • the usage binding information has, for example, a binding information identifier.
  • the usage binding information has, for example, an AXON identifier or / and a Dendrites identifier.
  • the usage binding information has, for example, a synapse identifier or / and a spine identifier.
  • the usage combination information may include, for example, timer information indicating when it was used.
  • the receiving unit 2 receives various types of information.
  • the various types of information are, for example, input information such as sound information, external information, and the like.
  • the means for inputting various information may be anything such as a microphone, a keyboard, a mouse, a menu screen, or various sensors such as a motion sensor and a temperature sensor.
  • the reception unit 2 can be realized by a device driver of input means such as a microphone or a keyboard, control software of a menu screen, or the like.
  • reception includes reception of information input from an input device such as a microphone, a keyboard, a mouse, and a touch panel, reception of information transmitted through a wired or wireless communication line, an optical disk, a magnetic disk, a semiconductor memory, etc. It is a concept including reception of information read from a recording medium, and the like.
  • the input information accepting unit 21 accepts input information.
  • the input information is information to be input.
  • the input information is, for example, sound information.
  • the processing unit 6 performs various processes.
  • the various types of processing are, for example, processing performed by the change unit 61, the learning detection unit 62, the learning information storage unit 63, the growth unit 64, the apoptosis processing unit 65, the firing information storage unit 66, and the like.
  • the changing unit 61 divides the sound information received by the receiving unit 2 into two or more frequency bands, acquires two or more partial sound information, and two or more partial sound information with different frequency bands at different timings. To obtain output sound information.
  • the changing unit 61 divides the sound information received by the receiving unit 2 into two or more frequency bands, acquires two or more partial sound information, and a portion of the high frequency band of the sound information received earlier in time The sound information and the partial sound information in the low frequency band of the sound information received later in time are synthesized to obtain output sound information.
  • the feature information acquisition unit 611 acquires one or more pieces of feature information from one or more pieces of partial sound information.
  • the partial sound information is first partial sound information or second partial sound information.
  • Feature information (which may be referred to as a feature amount) obtained from sound information is, for example, frequency, time, and delay time.
  • Feature information (which may be referred to as a feature amount) obtained from sound information is, for example, frequency, time, and delay time.
  • omitted since the process which acquires the feature-value of sound information is a well-known technique, detailed description is abbreviate
  • the information transfer means 612 obtains one or more soma identifiers identifying the soma that fires first.
  • the information transfer means 612 acquires one or more soma identifiers paired with the information identifier possessed by the feature information acquired by the feature information acquisition means 611 from the firing start point information storage unit 55, and the one or more soma
  • the identifier and the amount of information possessed by the feature information acquired by the feature information acquisition means 611 are paired and acquired.
  • an amount of information is given to each soma identified by the one or more soma identifiers.
  • the soma identified by the one or more soma identifiers may be an identifier of the soma to be fired first.
  • the information transfer means 612 is configured to receive one or more pieces of feature information acquired from one or more pieces of feature information or one or more pieces of feature information passed from one or more other soma, and one or more pieces of soma to be subjected to the determination of firing Get the soma identifier.
  • the information transfer means 612 acquires, for example, one or more feature information acquired by the feature information acquisition means 611 and one or more soma identifiers for identifying a soma to be fired first, for each partial sound information, and one or more One or more pieces of feature information passed from another soma or one or more pieces of feature information acquired from one or more pieces of feature information and a soma identifier of one or more soma to be subjected to the determination of firing are acquired.
  • the information transfer means 612 includes one or more feature information applied to the soma related information of the soma determined by the determination means 614 to be fired, or one or more feature information acquired from the one or more feature information, and the determination means 614 Then, the determined soma and one or more soma identifiers associated with one or more soma are acquired.
  • the information transfer means 612 acquires the soma identifier of one or more soma connected with the soma judged by the judgment means 614 to fire using the connection information of the connection information storage unit 53.
  • the information transfer means 612 acquires one feature information acquired by the soma calculation means 613 described later and one or more soma identifiers of one or more soma to be subjected to the determination of the firing.
  • one feature information is usually one information amount.
  • the information transfer means 612 uses the connection information specifying the connection between the soma group (referred to as the first soma group) including the soma judged to be firing by the determination means 614 and the other soma group (referred to as the second soma group), In some cases, one or more soma soma identifiers included in the second soma group may be obtained.
  • the one or more soma soma identifiers included in the second soma group are identifiers of soma present near the position of the first soma group.
  • the information transfer means 612 uses the information transfer probability information included in the combined information in the combined information storage unit 53 to probabilistically use the soma identifier of each of one or more soma combined with the soma which the determination means 614 determines to fire.
  • Get to Stochastic acquisition is to use information on probability (here, information transmission probability information) to judge to fire or not to fire.
  • probability here, information transmission probability information
  • the information transfer means 612 perform the process of transferring information to the next soma only when it is determined that the time has not been used for a predetermined time or more or for a time longer than the predetermined time.
  • the information transfer means 612 when the information transfer means 612 performs the information transfer process to the next soma, it is preferable that the use combination information be configured and stored in the use combination information storage unit 60. That is, the information transfer means 612 acquires the timer information which shows the present time from the timer which is not shown in figure, when the information transfer process to the following soma is performed. Then, the information transfer means 612 acquires one or more of the used AXON AXON identifier, the used Dendrites Dendrites identifier, the used synapse synapse identifier, or the used spine spine identifier. .
  • the information transfer means 612 configures timer information and usage combination information having the acquired one or more identifiers, and stores the information in the usage combination information storage unit 60. Further, the information transfer means 612 acquires, for example, a combined information identifier of a combination (link) used for information transfer, acquires timer information indicating the current time from a timer not shown, and the combined information identifier and the timer.
  • the usage combination information including the information is configured and stored in the usage combination information storage unit 60.
  • the information transfer means 612 performs information transfer processing to the next soma, the stored energy amount information paired with the AXON identifier of AXON used for the transfer, and Dentrites used for the transfer. It is preferable to reduce the amount of energy indicated by the stored energy amount information paired with the Dendrites identifier of.
  • the function for reducing the amount of energy is stored in the storage unit 5, for example. Also, the function does not matter. The function is, for example, Equation 1 below.
  • Equation 1 E, g and c are parameters, and I is an input signal (request signal).
  • the firing start point soma determination unit 6121 obtains, from the firing start point information storage unit 55, one or more soma identifiers paired with the information identifiers for identifying the one or more pieces of feature information obtained by the feature information obtaining unit 611.
  • the information identifier may be included in the feature information acquired by the feature information acquisition unit 611, or may be associated with the feature information or the information amount acquired by the feature information acquisition unit 611.
  • the connection detection unit 6122 detects one or more soma connected to the soma determined by the determination unit 614 to be fired, using the connection information in the connection information storage unit 53.
  • the detection of soma is usually the acquisition of soma identifiers.
  • the connection detection unit 6122 acquires, for example, the soma identifier of the soma determined by the determination unit 614 to fire, and acquires one or more soma identifiers paired with the soma identifier from the connection information storage unit 53.
  • the connection detection unit 6122 acquires, for example, the soma identifier of the soma determined by the determination unit 614 to be fired, acquires an AXON identifier that makes a pair with the soma identifier from the soma related information storage unit 51, and makes a pair with the AXON identifier. And the soda identifier paired with the Dendrites identifier is acquired from the soma related information storage unit 51.
  • the connection detection unit 6122 acquires, for example, the soma identifier of the soma judged by the judgment unit 614 to fire, acquires a synapse identifier that makes a pair with the soma identifier from the soma related information storage unit 51, and makes a pair with the synapse identifier.
  • the spine identifier is acquired from the combined information storage unit 53, and the soma identifier paired with the spine identifier is acquired from the soma related information storage unit 51.
  • the connection detection unit 6122 acquires, for example, the soma group identifier of the soma group to which the soma determined by the determination unit 614 to be fired belongs.
  • the connection detecting means 6122 is The soma group identifier of the other soma group paired with the soma group identifier identifying the soma group is acquired from the combined information storage unit 53.
  • the binding detection means 6122 may, for example, receive feature information from one or more soma at the end of the soma group identified by the acquired soma group identifier (other soma in the same soma group) Get one or more soma identifiers that identify no soma).
  • the connection detection unit 6122 stores the soma identifier of the soma determined by the determination unit 614 as firing in the storage unit 1 as the final soma of the information transmission in the soma group to which the soma belongs.
  • the soma group identifier of another soma group paired with the soma group identifier identifying the soma group is acquired from the combined information storage unit 53.
  • the binding detection means 6122 is a soma that first receives information transmission from the other soma group, When stored in the storage unit 5, the soma identifier of the soma is acquired from the storage unit 5.
  • Transmission information acquisition means 6123 acquires information used for transmission of information between soma.
  • the transmission information acquisition unit 6123 acquires the feature information to be transmitted and the soma identifier of the transmission destination soma.
  • the transfer information acquisition unit 6123 detects one or more pieces of feature information acquired from one or more pieces of feature information or one or more pieces of feature information applied to the soma related information of the soma determined by the determination unit 614 to fire.
  • the one or more soma identifiers of the one or more soma detected by the means 6122 are acquired.
  • the soma calculating unit 613 performs an operation on two or more pieces of feature information passed from two or more other pieces of soma, and acquires one piece of feature information.
  • the feature information here is usually the amount of information. That is, the soma calculating unit 613 normally performs an operation on two or more pieces of information passed from two or more other soma, and acquires one piece of information.
  • the operation is a predetermined operation.
  • the operation is, for example, processing of adding two or more information amounts passed from two or more other soma.
  • the operation is, for example, processing of adding two or more information amounts passed from two or more other soma, and then multiplying by a constant less than one.
  • the determination unit 614 is identified by each soma identifier using the one or more feature information acquired by the information transfer unit 612 and the firing condition information paired with the one or more soma identifiers acquired by the information transfer unit 612. To see if it fires.
  • the one or more pieces of feature information are, for example, the amount of information.
  • the determination unit 614 acquires, from the soma related information storage unit 51, firing condition information paired with one or more soma identifiers acquired by the information transfer unit 612. Then, the determination unit 614 determines, for example, whether or not the amount of information acquired by the information transfer unit 612 matches the condition indicated by the acquired firing condition information.
  • the judging means 614 does not judge that an ignition will occur if the time has not elapsed so that the predetermined condition is satisfied, with respect to the soma judged to be an ignition. Not judging that it fires may be judging that it does not fire.
  • the determination unit 614 refers to, for example, the firing information storage unit 59, and is timer information that is paired with the soma identifier of the determination target soma, and acquires recent timer information. Then, the determination unit 614 obtains, for example, current timer information from a timer (not shown). Then, the determination unit 614 obtains, for example, information of an elapsed time since the latest firing from the current timer information and the latest timer information.
  • the judging means 614 judges whether the elapsed time is less than the threshold or the elapsed time is equal to or less than the threshold, and if it is determined that the elapsed time is less than the threshold or less than the threshold, the soma It is preferable to judge not to fire.
  • the determining unit 614 determines whether or not the soma fires using the firing probability information, so that the determining unit 614 determines one or more of the same. Even if it is determined whether or not the soma fires, it is determined that the soma fires, or it is determined that the soma does not fire, even if the feature information of and the firing condition information are used. That is, even if the same one or more pieces of feature information are given to one soma, the judging means 614 may use the firing probability information corresponding to the soma to judge that it will fire or not. It is suitable.
  • the determination unit 614 determines that the apparatus is fired or not according to the external information even if the same one or more pieces of feature information are input.
  • the determination unit 614 stores, for example, the soma identifier of the fired soma and timer information indicating the time of firing in the storage unit 5 as a pair. That is, when it is determined that the soma has been fired, the determination unit 614 acquires timer information from a timer (not shown). Then, the firing information storage unit 59 stores firing information having the soma identifier of the fired soma and the timer information.
  • the combined information also does not operate once when it has operated, and if the time has not elapsed enough to satisfy a predetermined condition. That is, the determination means 614 acquires timer information indicating when AXON or Dendrites used for information transmission or synapse or spine was recently used from the combined use information storage unit 60, and indicates timer information indicating the current time. It is preferable to compare and determine that transmission of information using the AXON or the Dendrites or the synapse or the spine is not performed when the time has not elapsed to satisfy the predetermined condition.
  • the judging means 614 reduce the energy amount indicated by the stored energy amount information included in the soma related information of the soma when it is judged that one soma is ignited.
  • the function for reducing the amount of energy is stored in the storage unit 5, for example. Also, the function does not matter. The function is, for example, Equation 2 below.
  • Equation 2 t is time, and f (t) is the amount of stored energy.
  • the determination unit 614 uses, for example, one or more pieces of feature information and one or more pieces of soma identifiers and firing condition information to be paired with each of the two or more pieces of feature information to identify the soma identified by each soma identifier. Determine if it will fire.
  • the determination unit 614 determines, for example, whether the one or more feature information acquired by the information transfer unit 612 satisfies the firing condition indicated by the firing condition information paired with the one or more soma identifiers acquired by the information transfer unit 612. To judge.
  • the firing probability changing unit 615 changes the firing probability information corresponding to the soma determined by the determining unit 614 to fire so that the probability of firing increases. That is, the firing probability changing unit 615 acquires the soma identifier of the soma determined by the determining unit 614 to fire, and changes the firing probability information paired with the soma identifier so that the probability of firing increases.
  • the algorithm for changing the firing probability information is not limited.
  • the firing probability changing means 615 may add a predetermined value to the firing probability information or may add a predetermined ratio value to the firing probability information, or one or more of the accepted features Based on the information, the probability of raising may be acquired. That is, the degree of increase in probability may be constant or may change dynamically.
  • the firing pattern acquisition unit 616 acquires a firing pattern including one or more soma identifiers for identifying the soma determined by the determination unit 614 to be fired.
  • the firing pattern acquisition unit 616 applies the input information received by the input information reception unit 21 or one or more feature information acquired from the input information to one or more learning information of the learning information storage unit 58, and the input information or input information It is preferable to obtain a firing pattern corresponding to one or more pieces of feature information obtained from.
  • the firing pattern here is a firing pattern acquired using learning information.
  • the timing at which the firing pattern acquisition unit 616 acquires the firing pattern does not matter.
  • the firing pattern acquiring unit 616 may periodically acquire the firing pattern, or may irregularly acquire the firing pattern, or acquires the firing pattern every time the determination unit 614 detects the firing of the soma. It is good.
  • the firing pattern acquisition unit 616 may obtain, from the firing information storage unit 59, one or more soma identifiers paired with timer information indicating a time within the threshold or a time later than the current time.
  • the firing pattern acquisition unit 616 may obtain one or more soma identifiers included in all the firing information of the firing information storage unit 59 from the firing information storage unit 59. It is preferable that the temporal width of the firing pattern acquired by the firing pattern acquisition unit 616 dynamically change.
  • the firing pattern acquisition unit 616 acquires, for each partial sound information, a firing pattern including one or more soma identifiers for identifying the soma determined by the determination unit 614 to fire.
  • the synthesizing unit 617 acquires output information corresponding to the firing pattern acquired by the firing pattern acquiring unit 616 from the output management information storage unit 56 for each partial sound information, and configures output sound information from the acquired one or more output information Do.
  • the output information may be the same type of information as the output sound information, or may be different types of information.
  • the output sound information corresponding to the firing pattern is usually output sound information that is paired with a firing pattern that is similar to the firing pattern obtained by the firing pattern obtaining unit 616 so as to satisfy a predetermined condition.
  • a predetermined condition for example, soma identifiers whose number is equal to or more than the threshold or more than the threshold among the one or more soma identifiers included in the firing pattern A are fired. This is the case in which the pattern B is included.
  • soma identifiers whose number is equal to or more than the threshold or more than the threshold among the one or more soma identifiers included in the firing pattern B are fired.
  • the one or more soma identifiers included in the firing pattern A have a ratio of at least the threshold or at least a threshold of the soma identifiers. This is the case in which the pattern B is included.
  • the one or more soma identifiers included in the firing pattern B have a ratio of at least the threshold or at least a threshold of the soma identifiers. In the case of being included in the pattern A.
  • the combining means 617 detects, for example, a firing pattern similar to the firing pattern obtained by the firing pattern obtaining means 616 so as to satisfy a predetermined condition, and uses output probability information to be paired with the firing pattern to perform probabilistically If it is determined that the output condition is satisfied, output information to be paired with the output condition is acquired from the output management information storage unit 56. Then, the synthesis unit 617 acquires output sound information from the acquired one or more output information.
  • the output sound information may be the same as the output information.
  • the combining unit 617 determines an output condition that matches the firing pattern acquired by the firing pattern acquisition unit 616 and the one or more external information received by the input information receiving unit 21, and acquires output information that is paired with the output condition. Do. The combining unit 617 determines an output condition from the output conditions stored in the output management information storage unit 56, and acquires output information to be paired with the output condition.
  • the combining unit 617 detects, from the output management information storage unit 56, for example, a firing pattern similar to the firing pattern acquired by the firing pattern acquisition unit 616 as the firing pattern acquired in advance is one or more to be paired with the firing pattern.
  • a firing pattern similar to the firing pattern acquired by the firing pattern acquisition unit 616 as the firing pattern acquired in advance is one or more to be paired with the firing pattern.
  • the combining unit 617 detects, from the output management information storage unit 56, a firing pattern similar to the firing pattern acquired by the firing pattern acquiring unit 616, for example, so as to satisfy a predetermined condition, and makes a pair with the firing pattern.
  • the firing pattern is paired with the one or more external information Whether or not the output condition is satisfied is determined probabilistically using the output probability information, and when it is determined that the output condition is satisfied, the output information paired with the output condition is output from the output management information storage unit 56 get.
  • the combining unit 617 can not always obtain output information.
  • the combining unit 617 sequentially extracts and combines, for example, one or more first partial sound information of the first cue and one or more second partial sound information of the second cue, and acquires output sound information. It is good.
  • the control unit 618 controls the processing of the determination unit 614, the processing of the firing pattern acquisition unit 616, and the processing of the information transfer unit 612 to be repeated twice or more.
  • the learning detection unit 62 detects a learning condition in which the firing pattern acquired by the firing pattern acquisition unit 616 matches.
  • the partial soma identifier of the firing pattern acquired by the firing pattern acquisition unit 616 is similar to the state that all or part of the soma identifiers constituting the firing pattern included in the learning condition satisfy predetermined conditions.
  • the learning detection unit 62 determines that the firing pattern acquired by the firing pattern acquisition unit 616 matches the learning condition.
  • detection of a learning condition is, for example, acquisition of a learning condition identifier that identifies the learning condition, acquisition of information indicating that the learning condition is met, and the like.
  • the learning information storage unit 63 stores the learning information in the learning information storage unit 58.
  • the learning information includes at least one of input information that is the source of the firing pattern acquired by the firing pattern acquisition unit 616 or one or more feature information acquired from the input information, and at least one of the firing patterns acquired by the firing pattern acquisition unit 616 And a firing pattern having a part soma identifier.
  • the at least one soma identifier is, for example, one or more soma identifiers excluding the one or more soma identifiers used to detect the learning condition from the firing pattern acquired by the firing pattern acquiring unit 616.
  • the growth unit 64 performs one or more of the soma generation process, the connection information generation process, the connection information growth process, and the glial cell generation process.
  • the soma generation process is a process of generating soma related information having a soma identifier.
  • the soma generation process generates, for example, a unique soma identifier, and soma position information of a position satisfying a predetermined condition from the position indicated by the soma position information possessed by the soma related information of the division source soma, and the soma concerned.
  • This is processing for accumulating soma related information having an identifier and the soma position information in the soma related information storage unit 51.
  • the soma generation process may be, for example, a process of copying a part of information constituting soma related information of the soma of the division source and generating soma related information of the divided soma having the information.
  • the information to be copied is, for example, firing condition information.
  • the growing unit 64 sets the soma position information included in the generated soma related information as information of a position not overlapping the position of another element.
  • the growing unit 64 sets the soma position information included in the generated soma related information to information of a position close enough to satisfy a predetermined condition with the position indicated by the soma position information of the soma at the division source.
  • the combined information generation process is a process of generating combined information and storing the combined information in the combined information storage unit 53.
  • the combined information generation process is, for example, a process of acquiring soma identifiers of two soma to be combined, generating combined information having the two soma identifiers, and storing the combined information in the combined information storage unit 53.
  • the combined information generation process is, for example, a process of acquiring an AXON identifier of AXON to be combined and a Dendrites identifier of Dendrites, generating combined information having the two identifiers, and storing the combined information in the combined information storage unit 53.
  • connection information generation process generates, for example, a synapse identifier of a synapse that transmits information and a spine identifier of a spine to which information is transmitted, generates connection information having the two identifiers, and stores the connection information in the connection information storage unit 53. It is a process.
  • the combined information growth process is a process of growing combined information.
  • the combined information growing process is, for example, changing the position of AXON position information included in AXON information in a direction in which AXON expands.
  • the combined information growing process is, for example, changing the position of Dendrites position information possessed by Dendrites information in the direction in which Dendrites extends.
  • the growth part 64 generates soma related information of a divided soma, which is a new soma that has split so many so that the number or frequency of judgment that the judgment means 614 has fired is a predetermined condition, and the soma related information It is preferable to perform soma generation processing to be accumulated in the storage unit 51.
  • the growth unit 64 generates combination information that combines soma and split soma whose number or frequency of determinations that the determination means 614 has fired is a predetermined condition, and stores the combination information in the combination information storage unit 53. It is preferable to perform information generation processing.
  • the divided soma is a soma from which the soma causing the divided soma is divided.
  • the growth part 64 generates soma related information of a divided soma which is a new soma obtained by dividing the soma in which the connected glial cell information satisfies a predetermined condition, and accumulates it in the soma related information storage unit 51. It is preferable to perform the generation process.
  • the growth part 64 performs a combined information growth process to grow AXON or Dendrites which satisfies glial cell information connected thereto in a predetermined condition.
  • the soma identifier of one soma and the soma identifier of another soma It is preferable to perform combined information generation processing for generating combined information including the above and storing the combined information in the combined information storage unit 53.
  • the growth part 64 it is preferable for the growth part 64 to perform the following glial cell generation process. That is, for example, when the amount of energy possessed by an element which is, for example, soma, AXON, or Dentrites decreases to a required energy amount so as to satisfy a predetermined condition, the growing portion 64 connects to the element. Generate cell information.
  • the growing unit 64 is a required energy amount possessed by the amount-of-held energy amount information possessed by the information of each element (soma related information, AXON information, or Dendrites information).
  • An identifier (soma identifier, AXON identifier, or Dendrites) for identifying the element if it is determined that the amount of energy required is smaller than the amount of required energy indicated by the amount information, and it is determined that the amount is smaller.
  • Glial cell information having the identifier is stored in the glial cell information storage unit 54.
  • the apoptosis processing unit 65 may delete soma related information from the soma related information storage unit 51.
  • the apoptosis processing unit 65 performs the soma related information corresponding to the soma related information, the information related to AXON connected to the soma corresponding to the soma related information, and the soma corresponding to the soma related information It is preferable to delete the information about Dendrites connected to.
  • the apoptosis processing unit 65 combines the binding information having the soma identifier included in the deleted soma related information, the binding information including the AXON identifier included in the deleted soma related information, and the binding information including the Dentrites identifier included in the deleted soma related information.
  • the deletion from the combined information storage unit 53 is preferable.
  • the apoptosis processing unit 65 may delete the binding information to AXON and Dendrites connected to the soma corresponding to the soma related information.
  • the apoptosis processing unit 65 may delete AXON information. In addition, the apoptosis processing unit 65 may delete Dendrites information. When soma is not apoptotic and only AXON or Dendrites are apoptotic, for example, the apoptosis processing unit 65 deletes the AXON information of the apoptotic AXON or the Dendrites information of the apoptotic Dendrites from the soma related information.
  • the apoptosis processing unit 65 delete, for example, the binding information having the AXON identifier of the apoptotic AXON and the binding information having the dentrites identifier of the apoptotic Dendrites from the binding information storage unit 53. .
  • the apoptosis processing unit 65 delete, from the glial cell information storage unit 54, information on connection of the glial cells connected to the deleted soma with the soma. That is, for example, the apoptosis processing unit 65 deletes the soma identifier from glial cell information including the soma identifier of the deleted soma. In addition, when AXON or Dendrites is apoptotic, or soma to which AXON or Dendrites is connected is apoptotic, the apoptosis processing unit 65 determines glial cell information including the AXON identifier of the AXON or the Dendrites identifier of the Dendrites.
  • Delete the AXON identifier or Dendrites identifier that is, when the information of soma or AXON or Dendrites is deleted, it is preferable that the apoptosis processing unit 65 delete the information of connection to soma or AXON or Dendrites from glial cell information.
  • the apoptosis processing unit 65 delete the soma related information from the soma related information storage unit 51 in accordance with predetermined conditions.
  • the apoptosis processing unit 65 delete the soma related information from the soma related information storage unit 51 when the soma related information stored in the soma related information storage unit 51 is large as the predetermined condition is satisfied. is there.
  • the apoptosis processing unit 65 determine a soma not connected to another soma or Dendrites or AXON, and delete the soma related information having the determined soma soma identifier from the soma related information storage unit 51. .
  • the apoptosis processing unit 65 examines, for example, the binding information storage unit 53, acquires a soma identifier whose number of occurrences of the soma identifier is less than or equal to the threshold value, and the soma related information storage unit includes the soma related information including the soma identifier.
  • the apoptosis processing unit 65 examines the soma related information storage unit 51, for example, soma related information storage unit having soma related information having only Dendrites information below the threshold or below the threshold, or AXON information below the threshold or below the threshold. Remove from 51
  • the apoptosis processing unit 65 determines the soma in which the connected AXON has not reached the predetermined goal, and deletes the soma related information having the determined soma soma identifier from the soma related information storage unit 51. Is preferred. For example, the apoptosis processing unit 65 examines the soma related information storage unit 51, compares the AXON position information contained in the soma related information with the goal information, and determines a soma in which AXON has not reached the predetermined goal. The soma related information having the determined soma soma identifier is deleted from the soma related information storage unit 51.
  • the apoptosis processing unit 65 uses the one or more firing information of the firing information storage unit 59 to determine a soma identifier whose number of times of firing is so small as to satisfy a predetermined condition, and soma related information having the soma identifier is soma. It is preferable to delete from the related information storage unit 51.
  • the apoptosis processing unit 65 determines, for example, a soma identifier whose appearance frequency is less than or equal to the threshold value, and deletes the soma related information having the soma identifier from the soma related information storage unit 51.
  • the apoptosis processing unit 65 deletes information related to AXON or information related to Dentrites in accordance with predetermined conditions.
  • the information related to AXON is, for example, AXON information, binding information including an AXON identifier, or an AXON identifier in glial cell information.
  • the information regarding Dendrites is, for example, Dendrites information or binding information including Dendrites identifier, Dendrites identifier in glial cell information.
  • the apoptosis processing unit 65 when it is determined that the apoptosis processing unit 65 has become a mitch and it is determined that there is AXON or Dendrites not connected anywhere, the information on the AXON or the information on the Dendrites is deleted.
  • mitch Michi is that there are multiple phrases so that the number of one or more types of information among soma related information, AXON information, Dendrites information, and glial cell information satisfy a predetermined condition. That is, in the space of the image processing device B (a device imitating a brain), the more the elements satisfy the condition, the free space in the space is less than or less than the threshold.
  • the elements are soma, AXON, Dendrites, glial cells, synapses and spines.
  • the firing information storage unit 66 constructs firing information having a soma identifier that identifies the soma determined by the determination means 614 to fire, and stores the firing information in the firing information storage unit 59.
  • the firing information storage unit 66 acquires, for example, a soma identifier identifying the soma determined by the determining unit 614 to fire, and acquires timer information indicating the current time from a timer not shown, and the soma identifier and the timer information And stores the firing information in the firing information storage unit 59.
  • soma related information storage unit 51 soma group information storage unit 52, combined information storage unit 53, glial cell information storage unit 54, firing start point information storage unit 55, output management information storage unit 56, learning condition storage unit 57
  • the learning information storage unit 58, the firing information storage unit 59, and the combined use information storage unit 60 are preferably non-volatile storage media, but can be realized as volatile storage media.
  • the process of storing information in the storage unit 5 or the like there is no limitation on the process of storing information in the storage unit 5 or the like.
  • the information may be stored in the storage unit 5 or the like through the recording medium, or the information transmitted through the communication line may be stored in the storage unit 5 or the like.
  • the information input via the input device may be stored in the storage unit 5 or the like.
  • Processing unit 6 change unit 61, learning detection unit 62, learning information storage unit 63, growth unit 64, apoptosis processing unit 65, firing information storage unit 66, feature information acquisition unit 611, information transmission unit 612, soma calculation unit 613,
  • the judging unit 614, the firing probability changing unit 615, the firing pattern acquiring unit 616, the combining unit 617, and the control unit 618 can be usually realized by an MPU, a memory or the like.
  • the processing procedure of the processing unit 6 or the like is usually realized by software, and the software is stored in a storage medium such as a ROM. However, it may be realized by hardware (a dedicated circuit).
  • Step S601 The input information accepting unit 21 accepts external information and temporarily accumulates it in the storage unit 5. Here, the input information accepting unit 21 may not accept external information.
  • Step S602 The input information receiving unit 21 determines whether input information has been received. If the input information is received, the process goes to step S603, and if the input information is not received, the process goes to step S604.
  • the input information here is, for example, sound information.
  • Step S603 The sound information processing apparatus B performs an ignition transmission process. It returns to step S601.
  • the firing transmission process is a process in which information is transmitted between soma. Details of the example of the ignition transmission process will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
  • Step S604 The processing unit 6 determines whether or not firing pattern processing is to be performed. If the firing pattern process is to be performed, the process proceeds to step S605, and if the firing pattern process is not to be performed, the process proceeds to step S606.
  • the processing unit 6 may determine that the firing pattern process is always performed, or may determine that the firing pattern process is performed at an interval of a fixed period.
  • the sound information processing apparatus B performs firing pattern processing. It returns to step S601.
  • the firing pattern process is a process performed using a firing pattern, and includes, for example, a process of determining output information using a firing pattern and outputting the output information, and a learning process. Details of the example of the firing pattern process will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
  • Step S606 The processing unit 6 determines whether to perform the growth process and the apoptosis process. When the growth process or the like is performed, the process proceeds to step S607, and when the growth process or the like is not performed, the process returns to step S601. Note that the processing unit 6 may determine to always perform the growth process or the like, or may determine to perform the growth process or the like at regular intervals. There is no limitation on the conditions for the determination as to whether or not the growth process is to be performed. In addition, the growth treatment and the apoptosis treatment may be performed as a set, or it may be individually determined whether or not to perform.
  • Step S607 The growth unit 41 performs soma growth processing.
  • An example of soma growth processing will be described using the flowchart of FIG.
  • Step S608 The growth unit 41 performs AXON growth processing.
  • An example of AXON growth processing will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
  • Step S609 The growth unit 41 performs Dendrites growth processing.
  • An example of Dendrites growth processing will be described using the flowchart of FIG.
  • Step S610 The growth unit 41 performs soma combining processing.
  • An example of the soma combining process will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
  • Step S611 The growth unit 41 performs glial cell growth processing.
  • An example of glial cell growth processing will be described using the flowchart of FIG.
  • Step S612 The apoptosis processing unit 42 performs the apoptosis processing. It returns to step S601. An example of the apoptosis treatment will be described using the flowchart of FIG.
  • the firing transmission process, the firing pattern process, the growth process, the apoptosis process, etc. be processed in parallel.
  • the firing transfer process of each soma is also processed in parallel.
  • the processing is ended by the interruption of the power off or the processing end.
  • the feature information acquisition unit 611 acquires one or more feature information.
  • the one or more pieces of feature information here are, for example, feature amounts of sound information.
  • the method for the feature information acquisition unit 611 to acquire one or more pieces of feature information is, for example, any of the following methods (1) to (3).
  • the feature information acquisition unit 611 analyzes the input information received in step S602, and acquires one or more feature information.
  • the one or more pieces of feature information are, for example, one or more pairs of an information identifier and an information amount.
  • the information transfer means 612 acquires one or more pieces of feature information applied to the soma related information of the soma determined to be ignited.
  • the one or more pieces of feature information are, for example, one information amount.
  • the information transfer means 612 acquires one or more pieces of feature information from one or more pieces of feature information applied to the soma related information of the soma determined to be ignited. In (3), the information transfer means 612 calculates one or more pieces of feature information received by the soma determined to be fired according to a predetermined arithmetic expression to obtain one or more pieces of feature information.
  • An example of such an operation is, for example, addition.
  • Step S702 The information transfer means 612 determines one or more soma to which the one or more feature information acquired in step S701 is to be delivered.
  • the determination method of such soma is, for example, any of the following (1) to (3).
  • the information transfer means 612 acquires one or more predetermined soma soma identifiers of the soma related information of the soma related information storage unit 51.
  • the predetermined one or more soma soma identifiers are stored, for example, in the storage unit 5, and the information transfer unit 612 acquires the one or more soma identifiers from the storage unit 5.
  • the one or more soma identifiers are soma's soma identifiers that first receive one or more pieces of feature information acquired from input information received from the outside.
  • the information transfer unit 612 acquires, from the firing start point information storage unit 55, one or more soma identifiers paired with the information identifier of the feature information acquired by the feature information acquisition unit 611.
  • the information transfer unit 612 refers to the combined information storage unit 53, and acquires one or more soma identifiers of one or more soma that are coupled to the end of the soma to be processed. That is, the information transfer means 612 realizes the processing of (3), for example, by the processing of any of the following (a) to (c).
  • the information transfer means 612 acquires, for example, from the combined information storage unit 53, Dendrites identifiers that are paired with one or more AXON identifiers included in soma related information of the soma to be processed. Then, the information transfer means 612 acquires, from the soma related information storage unit 51, one or more soma identifiers included in the soma related information having the acquired one or more Dendrites identifiers, for example.
  • the information transfer means 612 acquires, for example, one or more soma identifiers paired with the soma identifier included in the soma related information of the soma to be processed from the combined information storage unit 53.
  • the information transfer means 612 acquires, for example, from the combined information storage unit 53, a spine identifier paired with one or more synapse identifiers included in the soma related information of the soma to be processed. Then, the information transfer unit 612 acquires, for example, one or more soma identifiers included in the soma related information having the acquired one or more spine identifiers from the soma related information storage unit 51.
  • Step S703 The processing unit 6 substitutes 1 into the counter i.
  • Step S704 The processing unit 6 determines whether or not the i-th soma exists in the one or more soma determined in step S702. If the i-th soma exists, the process goes to step S 705. If the i-th soma does not exist, the process returns to the upper-level processing. The processing unit 6 normally determines whether or not the i-th soma identifier of the soma identifiers obtained in step S702 exists, as to whether or not the i-th soma exists.
  • Step S 705 The determination unit 614 performs a firing determination process. The details of the firing determination process will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
  • Step S706 The processing unit 6 goes to step S707 if the judgment result in step S705 is “jump”, and goes to step S711 if the judgment result is “not fire”.
  • Step S 707 The firing information storage unit 66 constructs firing information having a soma identifier identifying the soma determined by the determination means 614 to fire. Then, the firing information storage unit 66 stores the firing information in the firing information storage unit 59.
  • the firing information storage unit 66 acquire timer information from a timer (not shown), configure firing information having a soma identifier and timer information, and store the information in the firing information storage unit 59.
  • the firing probability changing unit 615 changes the firing probability information paired with the soma identifier of the soma determined by the determining unit 614 to fire so that the probability of firing increases.
  • the firing probability information to be changed is the information stored in the soma related information storage unit 51.
  • Step S709 The processing unit 6 determines whether or not the transmission of the feature information to the soma ahead of the i-th soma or the soma group beyond the i-th soma is ended. When the transmission is finished, the process goes to step S711, and when the transmission is not finished, the process goes to step S710.
  • the processing unit 6 refers to, for example, the combined information storage unit 53, and determines whether there is a soma ahead of the ith soma. When there is no previous soma of the i-th soma, the transmission of feature information is ended.
  • the processing unit 6 determines to end the transmission of the feature information.
  • Step S710 The processing unit 6 executes an ignition transmission process to the soma ahead of the i-th soma or the soma group beyond the i-th soma.
  • Such processing is ignition transmission processing. That is, the ignition transmission process is a recursive process.
  • Step S711 The processing unit 6 increments the counter i by one. It returns to step S704.
  • step S705 Next, the details of the firing determination process of step S705 will be described using the flowchart of FIG.
  • Step S801 The determination unit 614 acquires, from the soma related information storage unit 51, the firing condition information included in the soma related information of the soma to be processed.
  • Step S802 The determination unit 614 determines whether external information is received in step S301. If the external information is received, the process goes to step S 803. If the external information is not received, the process goes to step S 804.
  • Step S803 The determination unit 614 acquires the external information accepted in step S302 or one or more pieces of feature information acquired from the external information. Note that the process of acquiring one or more pieces of feature information from the external information may be performed by the feature information acquisition unit 611 or may be performed by the determination unit 614 or the like.
  • Step S804 The determination unit 614 applies one or more pieces of feature information and the like to the firing condition information acquired in step S801, and determines whether or not to fire.
  • the one or more feature information and the like are one or more feature information, or one or more feature information and external information.
  • Step S805 The determination unit 614 substitutes the determination result in step S804 into a variable “return value”. Return to upper level processing.
  • the firing pattern acquisition unit 616 refers to the firing information storage unit 59 and obtains a firing pattern having one or more soma identifiers. In addition, it is preferable that the firing pattern acquisition unit 616 also acquires, from the learning information storage unit 58, a firing pattern corresponding to the input information or one or more pieces of feature information acquired from the input information. That is, it is preferable to use the firing pattern learned in association with the input information etc. in the following processing.
  • Step S902 The output information acquisition unit 617 determines whether external information is received in step S301. If the external information is received, the process goes to step S 903. If the external information is not received, the process goes to step S 904.
  • Step S903 The output information acquisition unit 617 acquires the external information accepted in step S301 or one or more feature information acquired from the external information.
  • the process of acquiring one or more pieces of feature information from the external information may be performed by the feature information acquisition unit 611 or may be performed by the output information acquisition unit 617 or the like.
  • the external information accepted in step S301 is usually external information stored in the storage unit 5.
  • Step S904 The output information acquisition unit 617 substitutes 1 into the counter i.
  • Step S 905 The output information acquisition unit 617 determines whether the i-th output management information exists in the output management information storage unit 56. If the i-th output management information exists, the process goes to step S906, and if the i-th output management information does not exist, the process goes to step S911.
  • Step S 906 The output information acquisition unit 617 acquires the output condition of the i-th output management information from the output management information storage unit 56.
  • Step S 907 The output information acquisition unit 617 determines whether the firing pattern acquired in step S 901 or the ignition pattern acquired in step S 901 and the information acquired in step S 903 match the output condition acquired in step S 906. To judge. If the output condition is met, the process goes to step S 908. If the output condition is not met, the process goes to step S 910.
  • Step S908 The output information acquisition unit 617 acquires the output information included in the i-th output management information.
  • Step S909 The output unit 4 outputs the output information acquired in step S908.
  • the output here may be temporary accumulation of output information in a buffer.
  • the output unit 4 may output output sound information composed of two or more pieces of output information.
  • the output sound information is, for example, output sound information obtained by combining (adding) two or more pieces of output information.
  • Step S 910 The output information acquisition unit 617 increments the counter i by one. It returns to step S905.
  • the learning information storage unit 63 acquires input information or one or more pieces of feature information acquired from the input information.
  • the input information is usually sound information.
  • Step S912 The learning detection unit 62 substitutes 1 into the counter i.
  • Step S 913 The learning detection unit 62 determines whether the i-th learning condition exists in the learning condition storage unit 57. If the i-th learning condition exists, the process goes to step S914. If the i-th learning condition does not exist, the process goes to step S917.
  • Step S914 The learning detection unit 62 determines whether the firing pattern acquired in step S901 matches the i-th learning condition. If they match, the process goes to step S915. If they do not match, the process goes to step S917.
  • Step S915 The learning information storage unit 63 acquires one or more soma identifiers to be stored from the firing pattern acquired in step S901. Then, the learning information storage unit 63 configures learning information including the one or more soma identifiers and the input information or the one or more feature information acquired in step S911.
  • the one or more soma identifiers are firing patterns.
  • Step S916 The learning information storage unit 63 stores the learning information configured in step S915.
  • Step S917 The learning detection unit 62 increments the counter i by one. It returns to step S913.
  • steps S901 to S910 are output processing of output information
  • steps S911 to S917 are learning processing.
  • step S 607 an example of the soma growth process of step S 607 will be described using the flowchart of FIG.
  • Step S1001 The growth unit 64 substitutes 1 into the counter i.
  • Step S 1002 The growth unit 64 determines whether the ith soma related information exists in the soma related information storage unit 51. If the i-th soma related information exists, the process goes to step S1003, and if the i-th soma related information does not exist, the process returns to the upper level processing.
  • Step S1003 The growth unit 64 acquires, from the firing information storage unit 59, firing information corresponding to the i-th soma identifier included in the i-th soma related information. Such firing information is a history of firing of the ith soma. Then, the growth unit 64 determines whether the acquired firing information satisfies the condition. If the condition is satisfied, the process goes to step S1004, and if the condition is not satisfied, the process goes to step S1008. Note that the growing unit 64 determines that the condition is satisfied, for example, if soma is firing more appropriately as the condition determined in advance is satisfied from the acquired firing information.
  • the growing unit 64 determines whether the number of pieces of firing information including the ith soma identifier is large enough to satisfy a predetermined condition. If the number is large, it is determined that the condition is satisfied.
  • the firing information acquired by the growth unit 64 may be, for example, firing information having timer information within a certain period from the present.
  • the growth unit 64 acquires information on glial cell information corresponding to the ith soma.
  • information on glial cell information may be glial cell information of one or more glial cells coupled to the ith soma, or may be the number of glial cells coupled to the ith soma.
  • Step S1005 The growth unit 64 determines whether the information on glial cell information acquired in step S1004 satisfies a predetermined condition. If the condition is satisfied, the process goes to step S1006. If the condition is not satisfied, the process goes to step S1008.
  • the predetermined condition is a condition for dividing soma. Conditions for splitting soma are conditions for generating split soma. In addition, the predetermined condition is a case where the information on glial cell information is information indicating that the number of glial cells is so large that the predetermined condition is satisfied.
  • the growth unit 64 calculates, for example, the number of glial cell identifiers paired with the i-th soma identifier, and determines that the predetermined condition is satisfied when the number is equal to or greater than the threshold or greater than the threshold.
  • the growth unit 64 is a condition on the condition that the number of one or more elements among the number of soma related information, the number of AXON information, the number of Dentrites information, etc. is smaller than the threshold or smaller than the threshold. It may be determined that
  • Step S1006 The growth unit 64 generates soma related information of the split soma obtained by dividing the i-th soma, and stores the information in the soma related information storage unit 51. Note that there is no limitation on the algorithm by which the growing part 64 generates soma related information of the split soma.
  • Step S1007 The growth unit 64 generates connection information for connecting the i-th soma and the split soma generated in step S1006, and stores the generated connection information in the connection information storage unit 53.
  • Step S1008 The growth unit 64 increments the counter i by one. It returns to step S1002.
  • Step S1101 The growth unit 64 substitutes 1 into the counter i.
  • Step S1102 The growth unit 64 determines whether or not the ith AXON information exists in the soma related information storage unit 51. If the i-th AXON information exists, the process goes to step S1103. If the i-th AXON information does not exist, the process returns to the upper level processing.
  • the growth unit 64 acquires information on glial cell information corresponding to the i-th AXON information.
  • the information on glial cell information may be glial cell information of one or more glial cells coupled to the i-th AXON, or may be the number of glial cells coupled to the i-th AXON.
  • Step S1104 The growth unit 64 determines whether the information on glial cell information acquired in step S1103 satisfies a predetermined condition. If the condition is satisfied, the process goes to step S1105. If the condition is not satisfied, the process goes to step S1106.
  • the predetermined condition is a condition for AXON to be expanded. In addition, the predetermined condition is a case where the information on glial cell information is information indicating that the number of glial cells is so large that the predetermined condition is satisfied.
  • Step S1105) The growth unit 64 changes AXON position information included in the i-th AXON information so that AXON can be expanded.
  • Step S1106 The growth unit 64 increments the counter i by one. It returns to step S1102.
  • step S609 Dendrites growth processing in step S609 will be described using the flowchart in FIG.
  • Step S1201 The growth unit 64 substitutes 1 into the counter i.
  • Step S1202 The growth unit 64 determines whether the ith Dendrites information exists in the soma related information storage unit 51 or not. If the i-th Dendrites information exists, the process goes to step S1203, and if the i-th Dendrites information does not exist, the process returns to the upper level processing.
  • the growth unit 64 acquires information on glial cell information corresponding to the ith Dendrites information.
  • information on glial cell information may be glial cell information of one or more glial cells coupled to the ith Dendrites, or may be the number of glial cells coupled to the ith Dendrites.
  • Step S1204 The growth unit 64 determines whether the information on the glial cell information acquired in step S1203 satisfies a predetermined condition. If the condition is satisfied, the process proceeds to step S1205. If the condition is not satisfied, the process proceeds to step S1206.
  • the predetermined condition is a condition for extending Dendrites. In addition, the predetermined condition is a case where the information on glial cell information is information indicating that the number of glial cells is so large that the predetermined condition is satisfied.
  • Step S1205 The growing unit 64 changes Dendrites position information included in the i-th Dendrites information so that Dentrites is expanded.
  • Step S1206 The growth unit 64 increments the counter i by one. It returns to step S1202.
  • step S610 the soma combining process of step S610 will be described using the flowchart of FIG.
  • Step S1301 The growth unit 64 substitutes 1 into the counter i.
  • Step S1302 The growth unit 64 determines whether or not the ith AXON information exists in the soma related information storage unit 51. If the i-th AXON information exists, the process goes to step S1303, and if the i-th AXON information does not exist, the process returns to the upper level processing.
  • Step S1303 The growth unit 64 acquires AXON position information included in the i-th AXON information from the soma related information storage unit 51.
  • Step S1304 The growth unit 64 substitutes 1 into the counter j.
  • Step S1305) The growing unit 64 is Dendrites information of Dendrites which is not an input to the soma to which the i-th AXON is connected, and whether the j-th Dendrites information exists in the soma related information storage unit 51 or not to decide. If the j-th Dendrites information exists, the process goes to step S1306, and if the j-th Dendrites information does not exist, the process goes to step S1310.
  • Step S1306 The growth unit 64 acquires Dendrites position information included in the j-th Dendrites information from the soma related information storage unit 51.
  • Step S1307) Whether the growing section 64 can combine the i-th AXON with the j-th Dendrites using the AXON position information included in the i-th AXON information and the Dendrites position information included in the j-th Dendrites information Decide whether or not. If the combination is possible, the process goes to step S1308. If the combination is not possible, the process goes to step S1309. When it is determined that, for example, the AXON position information included in the i-th AXON information overlaps the Dendrites position information included in the j-th Dendrites information, the growing unit 64 determines that the i-th AXON and the j-th Dendrites Determines that it is possible to combine.
  • the position of the tip of AXON indicated by AXON position information included in the i-th AXON information matches the position of the tip of Dendrites indicated by Dendrites position information included in the j-th Dendrites information.
  • the distance is equal to or less than the threshold value, it is determined that the i-th AXON and the j-th Dendrites can be combined.
  • the growth unit 64 constructs connection information for specifying the connection between the i-th AXON and the j-th Dendrites, and stores the connection information in the connection information storage unit 53.
  • the growing unit 64 constructs, for example, combination information including an AXON identifier included in the i-th AXON information and a Dendrites identifier included in the j-th Dendrites information, and stores the combined information in the combined information storage unit 53.
  • Step S1309 The growth unit 64 increments the counter j by one. It returns to step S1305.
  • Step S1310 The growth unit 64 increments the counter i by one. It returns to step S1302.
  • step S611 the glial cell growth process of step S611 will be described using the flowchart of FIG.
  • Step S1401 The growth unit 64 substitutes 1 into the counter i.
  • Step S1402 The growth unit 64 determines whether the ith soma related information exists in the soma related information storage unit 51. If the i-th soma related information exists, the process goes to step S1403, and if the i-th soma related information does not exist, the process returns to the upper process.
  • Step S1403 The growth unit 64 acquires the necessary energy amount information and the possessed energy amount information that the i-th soma related information has.
  • Step S1404 The growth unit 64 determines whether the necessary energy amount information and the possessed energy amount information acquired in step S1403 satisfy the predetermined condition. If the predetermined condition is satisfied, the process proceeds to step S1405. If the predetermined condition is not satisfied, the process proceeds to step S1407.
  • Step S1405 The growth part 64 acquires the soma identifier which the i-th soma related information has.
  • Step S1406 The growth unit 64 constructs glial cell information having the soma identifier acquired in step S1405, and stores the glial cell information in the glial cell information storage unit 54.
  • Step S1407 The growth unit 64 substitutes 1 into the counter j.
  • Step S1408 The growth unit 64 determines whether the j-th AXON information exists in the i-th soma related information. If the j-th AXON information exists, the process goes to step S1409, and if the j-th AXON information does not exist, the process goes to step S1414.
  • Step S1409 The growth unit 64 acquires necessary energy amount information and possessed energy amount information included in the j-th AXON information.
  • Step S1410 The growth unit 64 determines whether the necessary energy amount information and the possessed energy amount information acquired in step S1409 satisfy the predetermined conditions. If the predetermined condition is satisfied, the process goes to step S1411, and if the predetermined condition is not satisfied, the process goes to step S1413.
  • Step S1411 The growth unit 64 acquires the AXON identifier of the j-th AXON information.
  • Step S1412 The growth unit 64 constructs glial cell information having the AXON identifier acquired in step S1411, and stores the glial cell information in the glial cell information storage unit 54.
  • Step S1413 The growth unit 64 increments the counter j by one. It returns to step S1408.
  • Step S1414 The growth unit 64 substitutes 1 into the counter j.
  • Step S1415) The growth unit 64 determines whether the j-th Dendrites information is present in the i-th soma related information. If the j-th Dendrites information exists, the process goes to step S1409, and if the j-th Dendrites information does not exist, the process goes to step S1414.
  • Step S1416 The growth unit 64 acquires necessary energy amount information and possessed energy amount information included in the j-th Dendrites information.
  • Step S1417) The growth unit 64 determines whether the necessary energy amount information and the possessed energy amount information acquired in step S1416 satisfy the predetermined conditions. If the predetermined condition is satisfied, the process goes to step S1418. If the predetermined condition is not satisfied, the process goes to step S1420.
  • Step S1418) The growth unit 64 acquires a Dendrites identifier of the j-th Dendrites information.
  • Step S1419) The growth unit 64 constructs glial cell information having the Dendrites identifier acquired in step S1418, and stores the glial cell information in the glial cell information storage unit 54.
  • Step S1420 The growth unit 64 increments the counter j by one. It returns to step S1415.
  • Step S1421 The growth unit 64 increments the counter i by one. It returns to step S1402.
  • step S612 the apoptosis process of step S612 will be described using the flowchart of FIG.
  • Step S1501 The apoptosis processing unit 65 substitutes 1 into the counter i.
  • Step S1502 The apoptosis processing unit 65 determines whether the ith soma related information exists in the soma related information storage unit 51. If the i-th soma related information exists, the process goes to step S1503. If the i-th soma related information does not exist, the process returns to the upper processing.
  • Step S1503 The apoptosis processing unit 65 acquires the soma identifier of the ith soma related information from the soma related information storage unit 51.
  • Step S1504 The apoptosis processing unit 65 acquires, from the ignition information storage unit 59, the ignition information including the soma identifier acquired in step S1503.
  • the firing information acquired here is firing information having timer information indicating a time within the threshold or closer to the threshold than the current time.
  • Step S1505 The apoptosis processing unit 65 determines, using the firing information acquired in step S1504, whether the condition for apoptosis is satisfied. If the condition for apoptosis is satisfied, the process goes to step S1506. If the condition for apoptosis is not satisfied, the process goes to step S1508.
  • Step S1506 The apoptosis processing unit 65 deletes the ith soma related information from the soma related information storage unit 51.
  • Step S1507 The apoptosis processing unit 65 deletes the binding information corresponding to the ith soma from the binding information storage unit 53.
  • Step S1508 The apoptosis processing unit 65 increments the counter i by one. It returns to step S1502.
  • the software for realizing the sound information processing apparatus in the present embodiment is the following program. That is, this program divides the computer into a reception unit that receives sound information sequentially, and divides the sound information received by the reception unit into two or more frequency bands, and acquires two or more partial sound information
  • the program is configured to function as a changing unit that synthesizes two or more partial sound information having different frequency bands at different timings to obtain output sound information, and an output unit that outputs the output sound information.
  • a computer-accessible recording medium is a soma related information in which two or more soma related information having a soma identifier for identifying soma and firing condition information on a condition for firing the soma is stored A condition for output using an information storage unit, a combined information storage unit storing one or more combined information specifying a combination between two or more soma, and a firing pattern having one or more soma identifier And an output management information storage unit storing one or more output management information having output conditions and output information which is output information, and the change unit is configured to receive two or more pieces of sound information received by the reception unit.
  • First division means for acquiring two or more pieces of first partial sound information, and temporally dividing the sound information received by the reception unit into two or more;
  • Second division means for acquiring two or more pieces of second partial sound information, and characteristic information acquisition means for acquiring one or more pieces of characteristic information from partial sound information that is the first partial sound information or the second partial sound information;
  • An information transfer means for obtaining one or more feature information to be obtained and a soma identifier of one or more soma to be subjected to the judgment of firing, and the information transfer means for each of the two or more pieces of feature information It is determined whether or not the soma identified by each of the soma identifiers is fired using the one or more feature information and the firing condition information paired with the one or more soma identifiers acquired by the information transfer means
  • FIG. 16 also shows the appearance of a computer that implements the sound information processing apparatus of the various embodiments described above by executing the program described in the present specification.
  • the embodiments described above can be implemented with computer hardware and computer programs executed thereon.
  • FIG. 16 is an overview of this computer system 300
  • FIG. 17 is a block diagram of the system 300.
  • computer system 300 includes a computer 301 including a CD-ROM drive, a keyboard 302, a mouse 303, and a monitor 304.
  • a computer 301 includes an MPU 3013, a bus 3014 connected to the MPU 3013, and a CD-ROM drive 3012 in addition to a CD-ROM drive 3012, a ROM 3015 for storing programs such as a bootup program, and an MPU 3013. And a RAM 3016 for temporarily storing instructions of the application program and providing a temporary storage space, and a hard disk 3017 for storing the application program, the system program, and data.
  • the computer 301 may further include a network card for providing a connection to the LAN.
  • the program that causes the computer system 300 to execute the functions of the sound information processing apparatus of the above-described embodiment may be stored in the CD-ROM 3101, inserted into the CD-ROM drive 3012, and further transferred to the hard disk 3017.
  • the program may be transmitted to the computer 301 via a network (not shown) and stored in the hard disk 3017.
  • the program is loaded into the RAM 3016 upon execution.
  • the program may be loaded directly from the CD-ROM 3101 or from the network.
  • the program may not necessarily include the operating system (OS) or the third party program that causes the computer 301 to execute the function of the sound information processing apparatus of the above-described embodiment.
  • the program needs to call only an appropriate function (module) in a controlled manner, and include only a part of an instruction that makes it possible to obtain a desired result. It is well known how the computer system 300 operates, and the detailed description is omitted.
  • processing performed by hardware for example, processing performed by modem or interface card in transmission step (performed only by hardware Processing is not included.
  • the computer that executes the program may be singular or plural. That is, centralized processing may be performed, or distributed processing may be performed.
  • two or more communication means existing in one apparatus may be physically realized by one medium.
  • each process may be realized by centralized processing by a single device, or may be realized by distributed processing by a plurality of devices.
  • the sound information processing apparatus has the effect of being able to obtain sound information obtained by imitating the function of the human ear or brain, and is useful as a sound information processing apparatus etc. is there.

Abstract

[Problem] Until now, sound information which is obtained by imitating the functions of the ears or the brain of a human could not be obtained. [Solution] Sound information obtained by imitating the functions of the ears or the brain of a human can be obtained by means of a sound information processing device provided with: a reception unit which sequentially receives sound information; a modulation unit which divides the sound information received by a reception unit 2 into at least two frequency bands, acquires at least two pieces of partial sound information, synthesizes at least two pieces of partial sound information having different frequency bands and generated at different times, and acquires output sound information; and an output unit which outputs the output sound information.

Description

音情報処理装置、音情報処理方法、およびプログラムSound information processing apparatus, sound information processing method, and program
 本発明は、受け付けた音情報を処理し、出力する音情報処理装置等に関するものである。 The present invention relates to a sound information processing apparatus or the like that processes and outputs received sound information.
 従来、左脳、右脳をバランスよく脳全体を活性化させ、原音情報を捨てることなく、かつ聴き手のレベルに応じた負荷を選択できるようにすることで、長時間楽しみながら続けられる、脳の活性化のための音声信号加工方法が存在した。 Conventionally, the brain activity can be maintained while enjoying for a long time by activating the entire brain in a well-balanced manner in a balanced manner, without discarding the original sound information, and being able to select the load according to the level of the listener. There have been audio signal processing methods for video coding.
 かかる技術は、音声信号を所定時間で分割し、左右に振り分け、その後左右に振り分けた音声信号を時間的にずらす音声信号加工方法であり、重ね率は50%重ね~-100%重ねの連続可変とする。この実施形態である音声信号加工装置はCDプレイヤなどのヘッドフォン出力を入力する入力部、入力した信号を記憶する記憶部、記憶した音声信号を所定時間に分割、組立て、ノイズ除去する加工部、加工された音声信号を出力する出力部、本装置の動作を設定、および状態を表示する操作表示部、これらの各部位の動作を監視制御する制御部を有する(特許文献1参照)。 Such a technology is an audio signal processing method of dividing an audio signal at a predetermined time, dividing it into right and left, and shifting the audio signal distributed left and right thereafter in time, and continuously changing the overlapping rate from 50% to 100%. I assume. The audio signal processing apparatus according to this embodiment is an input unit for inputting headphone output such as a CD player, a storage unit for storing the input signal, a processing unit for dividing and assembling the stored audio signal into predetermined time, and removing noise It has an output unit for outputting the voice signal, an operation display unit for setting the operation of the apparatus and displaying the state, and a control unit for monitoring and controlling the operation of each of these parts (see Patent Document 1).
特開2008-116887号公報JP 2008-116887 A
 しかしながら、従来技術においては、人間の耳または脳の機能を模倣して得られる音情報を得ることができなかった。 However, in the prior art, it has not been possible to obtain sound information obtained by imitating the function of the human ear or brain.
 本第一の発明の音情報処理装置は、音情報を、順次、受け付ける受付部と、受付部が受け付けた音情報を2以上の周波数帯に分割し、2以上の部分音情報を取得し、時間的に異なるタイミングの、周波数帯が異なる2以上の部分音情報を合成し、出力音情報を取得する変更部と、出力音情報を出力する出力部とを具備する音情報処理装置である。 The sound information processing apparatus according to the first aspect of the present invention sequentially receives the sound information, the receiving unit, and divides the sound information received by the receiving unit into two or more frequency bands, and acquires two or more partial sound information. The sound information processing apparatus includes a changing unit that synthesizes two or more partial sound information having different frequency bands at different timings and acquires output sound information, and an output unit that outputs the output sound information.
 かかる構成により、人間の耳または脳の機能を模倣して得られる音情報を得ることができる。 With this configuration, it is possible to obtain sound information obtained by imitating the function of the human ear or brain.
 また、本第二の発明の音情報処理装置は、第一の発明に対して、変更部は、受付部が受け付けた音情報を2以上の周波数帯に分割し、2以上の部分音情報を取得し、時間的に先に受け付けた音情報のうちの高周波数帯の部分音情報と、時間的に後に受け付けた音情報のうちの低周波数帯の部分音情報とを合成し、出力音情報を取得する音情報処理装置である。 In the sound information processing apparatus according to the second aspect of the present invention, the changing unit divides the sound information received by the receiving unit into two or more frequency bands and the two or more partial sound information according to the first invention. Output sound information by combining partial sound information of high frequency band among sound information acquired and received earlier in time and partial sound information of low frequency band among sound information received later in time Is a sound information processing apparatus that acquires
 かかる構成により、人間の耳または脳の機能を模倣して得られる音情報を得ることができる。 With this configuration, it is possible to obtain sound information obtained by imitating the function of the human ear or brain.
 また、本第三の発明の音情報処理装置は、第一または第二の発明に対して、変更部は、受付部が受け付けた音情報を2以上の周波数帯に分割し、2以上の第一部分音情報を取得し、第一のキューに一時蓄積する第一分割手段と、受付部が受け付けた音情報を時間的に2以上に分割し、2以上の第二部分音情報を取得し、第二のキューに一時蓄積する第二分割手段と、第一のキューの1以上の第一部分音情報と、第二のキューの1以上の第二部分音情報とを順次取り出し、合成し、出力音情報を取得する合成手段とを具備する音情報処理装置である。 In the sound information processing apparatus according to the third aspect of the present invention, in the first or second aspect, the changing unit divides the sound information received by the receiving unit into two or more frequency bands. First division means for acquiring partial sound information and temporarily accumulating the first cue, and temporally dividing the sound information received by the reception unit into two or more, and acquiring two or more second partial sound information; The second division means temporarily accumulated in the second cue, one or more first partial sound information of the first cue, and one or more second partial sound information of the second cue are sequentially extracted, synthesized, and output A sound information processing apparatus comprising: synthesis means for acquiring sound information.
 かかる構成により、人間の耳または脳の機能を模倣して得られる音情報を得ることができる。 With this configuration, it is possible to obtain sound information obtained by imitating the function of the human ear or brain.
 また、本第四の発明の音情報処理装置は、第一から第三いずれか1つの発明に対して、somaを識別するsoma識別子と、somaが発火するための条件に関する発火条件情報とを有する2以上のsoma関連情報が格納されるsoma関連情報格納部と、2以上のsomaの間の結合を特定する1以上の結合情報が格納される結合情報格納部と、1以上のsoma識別子を有する発火パターンを用いた出力のための条件である出力条件と出力される情報である出力情報とを有する1以上の出力管理情報が格納される出力管理情報格納部とをさらに具備し、変更部は、受付部が受け付けた音情報を2以上の周波数帯に分割し、2以上の第一部分音情報を取得する第一分割手段と、受付部が受け付けた音情報を時間的に2以上に分割し、2以上の第二部分音情報を取得する第二分割手段と、第一部分音情報または第二部分音情報である各部分音情報から、1以上の特徴情報を取得する特徴情報取得手段と、部分音情報ごとに、最初に発火するsomaを識別する1以上のsoma識別子とを取得し、かつ1以上の他のsomaから渡された1以上の特徴情報または1以上の特徴情報から取得される1以上の特徴情報と発火の判断の対象となる1以上の各somaのsoma識別子とを取得する情報伝達手段と、2以上の各特徴情報ごとに、情報伝達手段が取得した1以上の特徴情報と、情報伝達手段が取得した1以上の各soma識別子と対になる発火条件情報とを用いて、各soma識別子で識別されるsomaが発火するか否かを判断する判断手段と、部分音情報ごとに、判断手段が発火すると判断したsomaを識別する1以上のsoma識別子を含む発火パターンを取得する発火パターン取得手段と、部分音情報ごとに、発火パターン取得手段が取得した発火パターンに対応する出力情報を出力管理情報格納部から取得し、取得した1以上の出力情報から出力音情報を構成する合成手段とを具備する音情報処理装置である。 In the sound information processing apparatus according to the fourth aspect of the present invention, the sound information processing apparatus according to any one of the first to third aspects has a soma identifier for identifying soma and firing condition information on a condition for firing the soma. It has a soma related information storage unit in which two or more soma related information are stored, a combination information storage unit in which one or more combination information specifying a combination between two or more soma is stored, and one or more soma identifiers The output unit further includes an output management information storage unit storing one or more output management information having an output condition which is a condition for output using a firing pattern and output information which is output information, and the change unit The sound information received by the reception unit is divided into two or more frequency bands, and the first division unit for acquiring two or more first partial sound information and the sound information received by the reception unit are temporally divided into two or more , The second division means for acquiring the above-mentioned second partial sound information, the characteristic information acquisition means for acquiring one or more characteristic information from each partial sound information which is the first partial sound information or the second partial sound information, and the partial sound For each piece of information, obtain one or more soma identifiers that identify the soma to be fired first, and one or more obtained from one or more feature information passed from one or more other soma or one or more feature information Information transmission means for acquiring the feature information of one or more soma identifiers of the one or more soma to be judged for firing, and one or more feature information acquired by the information transmission means for each of the two or more pieces of feature information; Judgment means for judging whether or not the soma identified by each soma identifier is ignited using the one or more soma identifiers acquired by the information transmission means and the paired firing condition information, and for each partial sound information , A firing pattern acquiring unit for acquiring a firing pattern including one or more soma identifiers for identifying a soma determined by the breaking unit to fire, output information corresponding to the firing pattern acquired by the firing pattern acquiring unit for each partial sound information It is a sound information processing apparatus comprising: synthesis means for acquiring output sound information from the output management information storage unit and acquiring the acquired one or more output information.
 かかる構成により、人間の耳または脳の機能を模倣して得られる音情報を得ることができる。 With this configuration, it is possible to obtain sound information obtained by imitating the function of the human ear or brain.
 本発明による音情報処理装置によれば、人間の耳または脳の機能を模倣して得られる音情報を得ることができる。 According to the sound information processing apparatus according to the present invention, sound information obtained by imitating the function of the human ear or brain can be obtained.
実施の形態1における音情報処理装置Aのブロック図Block diagram of sound information processing apparatus A according to the first embodiment 同音情報処理装置Aの第一の処理について説明するフローチャートA flowchart for explaining the first process of the same sound information processing apparatus A 同、音情報処理装置Aの第二の処理について説明するフローチャートA flowchart describing the second process of the sound information processing apparatus A in the same manner. 実施の形態2における音情報処理装置Bのブロック図Block diagram of sound information processing apparatus B in the second embodiment 同処理部6のブロック図Block diagram of the processing unit 6 同音情報処理装置Bの動作について説明するフローチャートFlow chart for explaining the operation of the same sound information processing apparatus B 同発火伝達処理の例の詳細について説明するフローチャートA flowchart describing details of an example of the same ignition transmission process 同発火判断処理の詳細について説明するフローチャートA flowchart explaining the details of the same fire determination processing 同発火パターン処理の例の詳細について説明するフローチャートA flowchart describing details of an example of the same firing pattern process 同soma成長処理の例について説明するフローチャートA flowchart describing an example of the same soma growth process 同AXON成長処理の例について説明するフローチャートA flowchart explaining an example of the same AXON growth processing 同Dendrites成長処理の例について説明するフローチャートA flowchart describing an example of the same Dendrites growth process 同soma結合処理の例について説明するフローチャートA flowchart describing an example of the same soma combining process 同グリア細胞成長処理の例について説明するフローチャートFlow chart explaining an example of same glial cell growth processing 同アポトーシス処理の例について説明するフローチャートFlow chart explaining an example of the same apoptosis processing 上記実施の形態におけるコンピュータシステムの概観図Overview of computer system in the above embodiment 同コンピュータシステムのブロック図Block diagram of the same computer system
 以下、音情報処理装置等の実施形態について図面を参照して説明する。なお、実施の形態において同じ符号を付した構成要素は同様の動作を行うので、再度の説明を省略する場合がある。 Hereinafter, embodiments of the sound information processing apparatus and the like will be described with reference to the drawings. In addition, since the component which attached the same code in embodiment performs the same operation | movement, description for the second time may be abbreviate | omitted.
 (実施の形態1) Embodiment 1
 本実施の形態において、受け付けた音情報を2以上の周波数帯で分割し、時間的にずらして、ずらした音を合成して、順次、出力する音情報処理装置について説明する。なお、本音情報処理装置において、通常、時間的に先に受け付けた高周波数帯の部分音情報と時間的に後に受け付けた低周波数帯の部分音情報とを合成する。 In the present embodiment, a sound information processing apparatus will be described which divides received sound information into two or more frequency bands, shifts them in time, combines the shifted sounds, and sequentially outputs them. In the present sound information processing apparatus, normally, the partial sound information of the high frequency band received earlier in time and the partial sound information of the low frequency band received later in time are synthesized.
 また、本実施の形態において、時間分解能が高い部分音情報が格納されるバッファと、周波数分解能が高い部分音情報が格納されるバッファとがあり、各バッファの部分音情報を取得し、合成する音情報処理装置について説明する。 Further, in the present embodiment, there are a buffer in which partial sound information with high time resolution is stored and a buffer in which partial sound information with high frequency resolution is stored, and partial sound information of each buffer is acquired and synthesized. The sound information processing apparatus will be described.
 図1は、本実施の形態における音情報処理装置Aのブロック図である。音情報処理装置Aは、格納部1、受付部2、変更部3、および出力部4を備える。変更部3は、第一分割手段31、第二分割手段32、および合成手段33を備える。なお、変更部3は、第一分割手段31と第二分割手段32だけではなく、第三分割手段などを含む、3以上の分割手段を有しても良い。3以上の分割手段を有する場合の処理の例については、後述する。 FIG. 1 is a block diagram of a sound information processing apparatus A according to the present embodiment. The sound information processing apparatus A includes a storage unit 1, a reception unit 2, a change unit 3, and an output unit 4. The changing unit 3 includes a first dividing unit 31, a second dividing unit 32, and a combining unit 33. The changing unit 3 may have three or more dividing units including not only the first dividing unit 31 and the second dividing unit 32 but also a third dividing unit and the like. An example of processing in the case of having three or more dividing means will be described later.
 格納部1は、各種の情報が格納される。各種の情報とは、例えば、受付部2が受け付ける音情報、後述する部分音情報である。格納部1は、後述する2以上のキューを有する。 The storage unit 1 stores various types of information. The various types of information are, for example, sound information received by the reception unit 2 and partial sound information to be described later. The storage unit 1 has two or more queues described later.
 受付部2は、音情報を、順次、受け付ける。受付部2は、例えば、音情報のストリームを受け付ける、と考えて良い。受付部2は、例えば、アナログの音の電子信号に対して、FFTがかけられた音情報を受け付ける、と考えて良い。つまり、受付部2が受け付ける音情報は、アナログの電気信号でもデジタルデータでも良い。 The receiving unit 2 sequentially receives sound information. The receiving unit 2 may be considered to receive, for example, a stream of sound information. For example, the receiving unit 2 may be considered to receive sound information on which FFT is applied to an electronic signal of analog sound. That is, the sound information received by the receiving unit 2 may be an analog electrical signal or digital data.
 ここで、受け付けとは、例えば、マイクなどの入力デバイスから入力された情報の受け付け、有線もしくは無線の通信回線を介して送信された情報の受信、光ディスクや磁気ディスク、半導体メモリなどの記録媒体から読み出された情報の受け付けなどを含む概念である。 Here, acceptance means, for example, acceptance of information input from an input device such as a microphone, reception of information transmitted via a wired or wireless communication line, or from a recording medium such as an optical disc, a magnetic disc, or a semiconductor memory. It is a concept including reception of read information and the like.
 入力手段は、マイクやメニュー画面によるもの等、何でも良い。受付部2は、マイク等の入力手段のデバイスドライバーや、メニュー画面の制御ソフトウェア等で実現され得る。 The input means may be anything such as a microphone or a menu screen. The reception unit 2 can be realized by a device driver of input means such as a microphone, control software of a menu screen, or the like.
 変更部3は、受付部2が受け付けた音情報を2以上の周波数帯に分割し、2以上の部分音情報を取得する。次に、変更部3は、時間的に異なるタイミングの、周波数帯が異なる2以上の部分音情報を合成し、出力音情報を取得する。出力音情報とは、出力される音情報である。なお、変更部3は、デジタルデータの音情報から2以上の部分音情報を取得しても良いし、アナログの電気信号の音情報に、例えば、FFTをかけ、かつFFTにより得られた情報を2以上の周波数帯に分割し、2以上の部分音情報を取得しても良い。また、部分音情報は、音情報から取得されたデジタルデータである。 The changing unit 3 divides the sound information received by the receiving unit 2 into two or more frequency bands, and acquires two or more partial sound information. Next, the changing unit 3 synthesizes two or more partial sound information having different frequency bands at different timings to obtain output sound information. The output sound information is sound information to be output. Note that the changing unit 3 may acquire two or more partial sound information from the sound information of digital data, or apply, for example, an FFT to the sound information of an analog electrical signal, and the information obtained by the FFT It may be divided into two or more frequency bands, and two or more partial sound information may be acquired. The partial sound information is digital data acquired from the sound information.
 変更部3は、通常、受付部2が受け付けた音情報を2以上の周波数帯に分割し、2以上の部分音情報を取得し、時間的に先に受け付けた音情報のうちの高周波数帯の部分音情報と、時間的に後に受け付けた音情報のうちの低周波数帯の部分音情報とを合成し、出力音情報を取得する。なお、かかる処理は、耳の中で、周波数帯の音情報の方が低周波数の音情報より、早いタイミングで処理される性質を適用したものである。 The changing unit 3 normally divides the sound information received by the receiving unit 2 into two or more frequency bands, acquires two or more partial sound information, and high frequency band of the sound information received earlier in time The partial sound information of is synthesized with the partial sound information of the low frequency band of the sound information received later in time to obtain the output sound information. In addition, such processing applies a property in which the sound information in the frequency band is processed earlier than the sound information in the low frequency in the ear.
 変更部3は、例えば、受付部2が受け付けた音情報に対して、STFT(短時間フーリエ変換)を並行して複数かける。ここで、例えば、変更部3は、受付部2が受け付けた音情報に対して、(1)時間解像度が高いSTFTをかける、(2)周波数解像度が高いSTFTをかける、(3)(1)と(2)との中間のSTFTをかける、という具合に、3つ並行して、音情報に対してSTFTをかける、とする。なお、(1)(2)(3)では、丸め幅が、それぞれ異なる。例えば、(3)の場合、変更部3は、「周波数=440hz」を中心として、前後+-6%を440hzとして扱う。なお、STFTにかける処理は、後述する第一分割手段31、後述する第二分割手段32などの分割手段の処理である。 For example, the changing unit 3 applies a plurality of STFTs (short time Fourier transform) in parallel to the sound information received by the receiving unit 2. Here, for example, the changing unit 3 applies (1) STFT with high time resolution to the sound information received by the receiving unit 2, (2) applies STFT with high frequency resolution, (3) (1) It is assumed that STFT is applied to the sound information in parallel three times in a manner such as to apply STFT in the middle between (2) and (2). In (1), (2) and (3), the rounding widths are different. For example, in the case of (3), the change unit 3 treats + -6% before and after as “440 hz” centering on “frequency = 440 hz”. The processing applied to the STFT is processing of division means such as a first division means 31 described later and a second division means 32 described later.
 STFTをかけた後、変更部3は、例えば、各周波数の遅れや反響パラメータ(液体固有)を用いて、次の入力データに加算する。なお、かかる加算は、後述する合成手段33の処理である。 After applying the STFT, the changing unit 3 adds to the next input data, using, for example, the delay of each frequency and the echo parameter (liquid specific). The addition is a process of the combining unit 33 described later.
 なお、上記の(1)の処理結果はOctopusの特徴量、(2)の処理結果はStellateの特徴量、(3)の処理結果はBushyの特徴量としても良い。Octopus、Stellate、Bushyは、それぞれ蝸牛核(Cochlear nuclei)を構成する細胞である。 The processing result of (1) may be the Octopus feature amount, the processing result of (2) may be the Stellate feature amount, and the processing result of (3) may be the Bushy feature amount. Octopus, Stellate and Bushy are cells which respectively constitute a cochlear nucleus (Cochlear nucleus).
 変更部3を構成する第一分割手段31は、受付部2が受け付けた音情報を2以上の周波数帯に分割し、2以上の第一部分音情報を取得し、第一のキューに一時蓄積する。第一のキューが複数存在する場合、第一分割手段31は、異なる2以上の各周波数帯の第一部分音情報を、各周波数帯に対応するキューに蓄積する。なお、周波数帯によって、キューが決定される。なお、第一分割手段31は、上記の(2)の周波数解像度が高いSTFTをかけても良い。 The first dividing unit 31 constituting the changing unit 3 divides the sound information received by the receiving unit 2 into two or more frequency bands, acquires two or more pieces of first partial sound information, and temporarily stores them in the first queue. . When there are a plurality of first cues, the first dividing means 31 accumulates first partial sound information of two or more different frequency bands in the cue corresponding to each frequency band. The queue is determined by the frequency band. The first dividing means 31 may apply STFT having a high frequency resolution in (2) above.
 第二分割手段32は、受付部2が受け付けた音情報を時間的に2以上に分割し、2以上の第二部分音情報を取得し、第二のキューに一時蓄積する。第二のキューが複数存在する場合、第二分割手段32は、異なる2以上の各周波数帯の第二部分音情報を、対応するキューに蓄積する。なお、第二分割手段32は、上記の(1)の時間解像度が高いSTFTをかけても良い。 The second dividing means 32 temporally divides the sound information received by the receiving unit 2 into two or more, acquires two or more pieces of second partial sound information, and temporarily accumulates them in a second queue. When there are a plurality of second cues, the second dividing means 32 accumulates second partial sound information of two or more different frequency bands in the corresponding cues. The second dividing means 32 may apply STFT having a high time resolution in (1) above.
 第二分割手段32の音情報の分割は、第一分割手段31の音情報の分割と比較して、時間の分解能が高い。また、第一分割手段31の音情報の分割は、第二分割手段32の音情報の分割と比較して、周波数の分解能が高い。 The division of sound information by the second division means 32 is higher in time resolution than the division of sound information by the first division means 31. Further, the division of the sound information by the first division means 31 has higher frequency resolution than the division of the sound information by the second division means 32.
 合成手段33は、1または2以上の各第一のキューの第一部分音情報と、1または2以上の各第二のキューの第二部分音情報とを順次取り出し、合成し、出力音情報を取得する。なお、第一部分音情報と第二部分音情報とをまとめて、適宜、部分音情報と言う。また、2以上の部分音情報の合成とは、通常、2以上の各部分音情報の足し合わせである。ただし、2以上の部分音情報の合成は、例えば、重み付きで、2以上の各部分音情報を足し合わせる処理でも良い。 The synthesis means 33 sequentially extracts and synthesizes the first partial sound information of one or more first cues and the second partial sound information of one or more second cues, and outputs the output sound information. get. The first partial sound information and the second partial sound information are collectively referred to as partial sound information as appropriate. Also, the synthesis of two or more partial sound information is usually the addition of two or more partial sound information. However, the synthesis of two or more partial sound information may be, for example, a process of adding two or more partial sound information with a weight.
 合成手段33は、例えば、2以上の各第一のキューの第一部分音情報と、第二のキューの第二部分音情報とを順次取り出し、合成し、出力音情報を取得する。なお、合成手段33が合成に使用する、2以上の第一のキューの2以上の第一部分音情報は、時間的に先に受け付けた音情報のうちの高周波数帯の第一部分音情報と、時間的に後に受け付けた音情報のうちの低周波数帯の部分音情報である。 The synthesizing unit 33 sequentially extracts, for example, the first partial sound information of each of the two or more first cues and the second partial sound information of the second cue, synthesizes them, and acquires output sound information. The two or more pieces of first partial sound information of the two or more first cues used for synthesis by the synthesizing means 33 are the first partial sound information of the high frequency band of the sound information received earlier in time; It is partial sound information of a low frequency band among sound information received later in time.
 合成手段33は、低周波数帯の部分音情報に比べて、高周波数帯の第一部分音情報ほど、速いペースで、第一のキューから取り出して、合成に利用することは好適である。 It is preferable that the combining means 33 takes out from the first cue at a faster pace as the first partial sound information of the high frequency band as compared with the partial sound information of the low frequency band and uses it for synthesis.
 出力部4は、合成手段33が取得した出力音情報を出力する。ここで、出力とは、他の処理装置や他のプログラムなどへの処理結果の引渡し、音出力、外部の装置への送信、記録媒体への蓄積などを含む概念である。なお、他の処理装置や他のプログラムなどが行う処理は、例えば、実施の形態2で説明する脳の機能の実現である。つまり、処理結果の引渡しを行うのは、例えば、実施の形態2で説明するsoma群を用いた処理装置やプログラムへの処理結果の引渡しである。 The output unit 4 outputs the output sound information acquired by the synthesizing unit 33. Here, the output is a concept including delivery of the processing result to another processing device or another program, sound output, transmission to an external device, storage in a recording medium, and the like. The processing performed by another processing device or another program is, for example, the realization of the function of the brain described in the second embodiment. That is, delivery of the processing result is, for example, delivery of the processing result to a processing apparatus or program using the soma group described in the second embodiment.
 格納部1は、不揮発性の記録媒体が好適であるが、揮発性の記録媒体でも実現可能である。格納部1に情報が記憶される過程は問わない。例えば、記録媒体を介して情報が格納部1で記憶されるようになってもよく、通信回線等を介して送信された情報が格納部1で記憶されるようになってもよく、あるいは、入力デバイスを介して入力された情報が格納部1で記憶されるようになってもよい。 The storage unit 1 is preferably a non-volatile storage medium, but can be realized also as a volatile storage medium. The process of storing information in the storage unit 1 does not matter. For example, information may be stored in the storage unit 1 via a recording medium, or information transmitted via a communication line may be stored in the storage unit 1, or The information input via the input device may be stored in the storage unit 1.
 変更部3、第一分割手段31、第二分割手段32、合成手段33は、通常、MPUやメモリ等から実現され得る。変更部3等の処理手順は、通常、ソフトウェアで実現され、当該ソフトウェアはROM等の記録媒体に記録されている。但し、ハードウェア(専用回路)で実現しても良い。 The changing unit 3, the first dividing unit 31, the second dividing unit 32, and the combining unit 33 can be usually realized by an MPU, a memory or the like. Typically, the processing procedure of the change unit 3 or the like is realized by software, and the software is stored in a storage medium such as a ROM. However, it may be realized by hardware (a dedicated circuit).
 出力部4は、MPUやメモリ等から実現されても良いし、スピーカー等の出力デバイスのドライバーソフトまたは、出力デバイスのドライバーソフトと出力デバイス等で実現されても良い。 The output unit 4 may be realized by an MPU, a memory or the like, or may be realized by driver software of an output device such as a speaker or driver software of an output device and an output device or the like.
 次に、音情報処理装置Aが音情報を受け付け、キューに部分音情報を蓄積する動作について、図2のフローチャートを用いて説明する。 Next, an operation of the sound information processing apparatus A receiving sound information and accumulating partial sound information in a cue will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
 (ステップS201)受付部2は、音情報を受け付けたか否かを判断する。音情報を受け付けた場合はステップS202に行き、音情報を受け付けない場合はステップS201に戻る。 (Step S201) The receiving unit 2 determines whether sound information has been received. If the sound information is received, the process goes to step S202. If the sound information is not received, the process returns to step S201.
 (ステップS202)第一分割手段31は、受付部2が受け付けた音情報を2以上の周波数帯の音情報に分割し、各周波数帯に対応する2以上の第一部分音情報を取得する。 (Step S202) The first dividing unit 31 divides the sound information received by the receiving unit 2 into sound information of two or more frequency bands, and acquires two or more pieces of first partial sound information corresponding to each frequency band.
 (ステップS203)第一分割手段31は、ステップS202で取得した2以上の第一部分音情報を、1以上の第一のキューに一時蓄積する。なお、第一分割手段31は、高周波数の周波数帯の第一部分音情報が、低周波数の周波数帯の第一部分音情報と比較して、時間的に早く取り出されるように、キューに一時蓄積する。例えば、第一分割手段31は、高周波数の周波数帯の第一部分音情報を、情報出力の回転の速いキューに一時蓄積し、低周波数の周波数帯の第一部分音情報を、情報出力の回転の遅いキューに一時蓄積する。なお、回転の速いキューとは、情報を取り出す周期が短いキューである。また、回転の遅いキューとは、情報を取り出す周期が長いキューである。 (Step S203) The first dividing unit 31 temporarily accumulates the two or more pieces of first partial sound information acquired in step S202 in one or more first cues. The first division means 31 temporarily accumulates in the cue so that the first partial sound information in the high frequency frequency band is taken out earlier in time as compared to the first partial sound information in the low frequency frequency band. . For example, the first division means 31 temporarily accumulates the first partial sound information of the high frequency frequency band in a fast cue of the information output rotation, and the first partial sound information of the low frequency frequency band of the information output rotation Temporarily accumulate in a slow queue. Note that a fast rotating queue is a queue with a short cycle of retrieving information. Also, a slow rotation queue is a queue that has a long information retrieval cycle.
 (ステップS204)第二分割手段32は、受付部2が受け付けた音情報を2以上の時間帯ごとに分割し、2以上の第二部分音情報を取得する。なお、第二分割手段32は、各時間帯の各第二部分音情報を、2以上の周波数帯の情報に分割し、さらに分割された第二部分音情報を取得しても良い。 (Step S204) The second dividing unit 32 divides the sound information received by the receiving unit 2 into two or more time zones, and acquires two or more pieces of second partial sound information. The second division means 32 may divide each piece of second partial sound information of each time zone into information of two or more frequency bands, and may obtain further divided second partial sound information.
 (ステップS205)第二分割手段32は、ステップS204で取得した2以上の第二部分音情報を、1以上の第二のキューに一時蓄積する。ステップS201に戻る。なお、第二分割手段32は、高周波数の周波数帯の第二部分音情報が、低周波数の周波数帯の第二部分音情報と比較して、時間的に早く取り出されるように、キューに一時蓄積しても良い。 (Step S205) The second division means 32 temporarily accumulates the two or more pieces of second partial sound information acquired in step S204 in one or more second cues. It returns to step S201. Note that the second division means 32 temporarily sets in the queue the second partial sound information in the high frequency frequency band to be taken out earlier in time as compared to the second partial sound information in the low frequency frequency band. You may accumulate.
 なお、図2のフローチャートにおいて、電源オフや処理終了の割り込みにより処理は終了する。 In the flowchart of FIG. 2, the processing is terminated by an interruption of power off or processing termination.
 次に、音情報処理装置Aが複数のキューの部分音情報を合成し、出力音情報を構成し、出力する動作について、図3のフローチャートを用いて説明する。 Next, an operation of the sound information processing apparatus A synthesizing partial sound information of a plurality of cues, constructing output sound information, and outputting the sound information will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
 (ステップS301)合成手段33は、2以上のいずれかのキューに、部分音情報が存在するか否かを判断する。部分音情報が存在する場合はステップS302に行き、部分音情報が存在しない場合はステップS301に戻る。 (Step S301) The combining unit 33 determines whether or not partial sound information exists in any of two or more cues. If partial sound information exists, the process goes to step S302, and if partial sound information does not exist, the process returns to step S301.
 (ステップS302)合成手段33は、カウンタiに1を代入する。 (Step S302) The combining unit 33 substitutes 1 into the counter i.
 (ステップS303)合成手段33は、出力音情報の合成に利用する部分音情報を格納しているi番目のキューが存在するか否かを判断する。i番目のキューが存在すればステップS304に行き、i番目のキューが存在しなければステップS306に行く。 (Step S303) The combining unit 33 determines whether the i-th cue storing partial sound information used for combining the output sound information is present. If the i-th queue exists, the process goes to step S304, and if the i-th queue does not exist, the process goes to step S306.
 (ステップS304)合成手段33は、合成手段33は、i番目のキューから部分音情報を取得する。なお、ここで、情報出力の回転の遅いキュー(通常、低周波数帯に対応するキュー)からは、本ループのたびに、部分音情報をキューから取得しないことは好適である。また、取得された部分音情報は、キューから削除されることは言うまでもない。 (Step S304) The synthesizing unit 33 acquires partial sound information from the i-th cue. Here, it is preferable not to acquire partial sound information from the cue every time this loop from a cue of slow rotation of information output (usually a cue corresponding to a low frequency band). It goes without saying that the acquired partial sound information is deleted from the cue.
 (ステップS305)合成手段33は、カウンタiを1、インクリメントする。ステップS303に戻る。 (Step S305) The combining unit 33 increments the counter i by one. It returns to step S303.
 (ステップS306)合成手段33は、ステップS304で取得した2以上の部分音情報を合成し、出力音情報を取得する。 (Step S306) The combining unit 33 combines the two or more partial sound information acquired in step S304, and acquires output sound information.
 (ステップS307)出力部4は、ステップS306で取得された出力音情報を出力する。ステップS301に戻る。 (Step S307) The output unit 4 outputs the output sound information acquired in step S306. It returns to step S301.
 なお、図3のフローチャートにおいて、電源オフや処理終了の割り込みにより処理は終了する。 In the flowchart of FIG. 3, the processing is ended by an interruption of power off or processing end.
 また、図2のフローチャートの動作と、図3のフローチャートの動作とは、通常、並行して実行される。 Further, the operation of the flowchart of FIG. 2 and the operation of the flowchart of FIG. 3 are usually executed in parallel.
 以上、本実施の形態によれば、人間の耳または脳の機能を模倣して得られる音情報を得ることができる。 As described above, according to the present embodiment, it is possible to obtain sound information obtained by imitating the function of the human ear or brain.
 また、出力部4が出力音情報を、他の処理装置や他のプログラムなどへの処理結果の引渡しを行う場合、他の処理装置や他のプログラムが出力音情報に対して行う処理は問わない。他の処理装置や他のプログラムは、例えば、実施の形態2で説明するsoma群を用いた脳内の処理を行う。 In addition, when the output unit 4 passes output sound information to another processing device or another program, the processing performed by the other processing device or the other program on the output sound information does not matter. . Other processing devices and other programs perform in-brain processing using, for example, the soma group described in the second embodiment.
 なお、本実施の形態における処理は、ソフトウェアで実現しても良い。そして、このソフトウェアをソフトウェアダウンロード等により配布しても良い。また、このソフトウェアをCD-ROMなどの記録媒体に記録して流布しても良い。なお、このことは、本明細書における他の実施の形態においても該当する。なお、本実施の形態における音情報処理装置Aを実現するソフトウェアは、以下のようなプログラムである。つまり、このプログラムは、コンピュータを、音情報を、順次、受け付ける受付部と、前記受付部が受け付けた音情報を2以上の周波数帯に分割し、2以上の部分音情報を取得し、時間的に異なるタイミングの、周波数帯が異なる2以上の部分音情報を合成し、出力音情報を取得する変更部と、前記出力音情報を出力する出力部として機能させるためのプログラムである。 The processing in the present embodiment may be realized by software. Then, this software may be distributed by software download or the like. Also, the software may be distributed by being recorded on a recording medium such as a CD-ROM. This applies to the other embodiments in the present specification. The software for realizing the sound information processing apparatus A in the present embodiment is a program as follows. That is, this program divides the computer into a reception unit that receives sound information sequentially, and divides the sound information received by the reception unit into two or more frequency bands, and acquires two or more partial sound information The program is configured to function as a changing unit that synthesizes two or more partial sound information having different frequency bands at different timings to obtain output sound information, and an output unit that outputs the output sound information.
 また、上記プログラムにおいて、前記変更部は、前記受付部が受け付けた音情報を2以上の周波数帯に分割し、2以上の部分音情報を取得し、時間的に先に受け付けた音情報のうちの高周波数帯の部分音情報と、時間的に後に受け付けた音情報のうちの低周波数帯の部分音情報とを合成し、出力音情報を取得するものとして、コンピュータを機能させるプログラムであることは好適である。 Further, in the program, the changing unit divides the sound information received by the receiving unit into two or more frequency bands, acquires two or more partial sound information, and among the sound information received earlier in time A program that causes a computer to function as synthesizing output of partial sound information in the high frequency band and partial sound information in the low frequency band of sound information received later in time to obtain output sound information Is preferred.
 さらに、上記プログラムにおいて、前記変更部は、前記受付部が受け付けた音情報を2以上の周波数帯に分割し、2以上の第一部分音情報を取得し、第一のキューに一時蓄積する第一分割手段と、前記受付部が受け付けた音情報を時間的に2以上に分割し、2以上の第二部分音情報を取得し、第二のキューに一時蓄積する第二分割手段と、前記第一のキューの1以上の第一部分音情報と、前記第二のキューの1以上の第二部分音情報とを順次取り出し、合成し、出力音情報を取得する合成手段とを具備するものとして、コンピュータを機能させるプログラムであることは好適である。 Further, in the above program, the changing unit divides the sound information received by the receiving unit into two or more frequency bands, acquires two or more first partial sound information, and temporarily stores the first partial sound information in a first queue. A division unit, a second division unit for temporally dividing the sound information received by the reception unit into two or more, acquiring two or more second partial sound information, and temporarily storing the second partial sound information in the second queue; As synthesizing means for sequentially extracting and combining one or more first partial sound information of one cue and one or more second partial sound information of the second cue, and obtaining output sound information, It is preferable that the program is a program that causes a computer to function.
 (実施の形態2) Second Embodiment
 本実施の形態において、実施の形態1とは、脳の中の構造や機能を用いる点が異なる。本実施の形態において、実施の形態1と、実現する機能は同等である。つまり、本実施の形態においても、受け付けた音情報を2以上の周波数帯で分割し、時間的にずらして、ずらした音を合成して、順次、出力する音情報処理装置について説明する。 The present embodiment differs from the first embodiment in that a structure or function in the brain is used. In the present embodiment, the function to be realized is the same as that of the first embodiment. That is, also in the present embodiment, a sound information processing apparatus will be described which divides the received sound information into two or more frequency bands, shifts them in time, combines the shifted sounds, and sequentially outputs them.
 なお、本実施の形態において説明する脳の中の構造や機能等は以下である。つまり、本実施の形態において、1以上のsoma(神経細胞体と言っても良い。)の発火条件を格納しており、入力から得られた1以上の情報を用いて、各somaが発火するか否かを判断し、その判断結果から発火パターンを取得し、当該発火パターンを用いて、出力情報を決定し、1以上の出力情報から出力音情報を構成し、出力する音情報処理装置について説明する。 The structures, functions, and the like in the brain described in the present embodiment are as follows. That is, in the present embodiment, the firing conditions of one or more soma (may be referred to as a nerve cell body) are stored, and each soma fires using one or more information obtained from the input. A sound information processing apparatus that determines output information by using the firing pattern, determines output information from the one or more output information, and outputs the output information. explain.
 また、本実施の形態において、特徴情報に対応して、最初に発火するsomaの情報を管理する発火始点情報を用いて、特徴情報の伝達処理が行われる音情報処理装置について説明する。 Further, in the present embodiment, a sound information processing apparatus will be described in which the process of transmitting feature information is performed using ignition start point information that manages information of soma to be fired first corresponding to the feature information.
 また、本実施の形態において、2以上のリンクを経由してsomaに伝達された2以上の特徴情報をsoma内で演算する処理を行う音情報処理装置について説明する。 Further, in the present embodiment, a sound information processing apparatus that performs processing of calculating two or more pieces of feature information transmitted to soma via two or more links in soma will be described.
 また、本実施の形態において、2以上のsoma群(神経細胞体群と言っても良い。)が存在し、結合しているsoma群の間で情報を受け渡す音情報処理装置について説明する。 Further, in the present embodiment, a sound information processing apparatus will be described in which there are two or more soma groups (may be referred to as nerve cell groups) and information is passed between the coupled soma groups.
 また、本実施の形態において、情報の受け渡しは、AXON(軸索と言っても良い。)とDentrites(樹状突起と言っても良い。)とを有するリンクによって情報が伝わったり、伝わらなかったりする音情報処理装置について説明する。 Moreover, in the present embodiment, the information transfer is performed by the link having AXON (may be referred to as axon) and Dentrites (may be referred to as dendrite). The sound information processing apparatus to be used will be described.
 また、本実施の形態において、シナプスやスパインをも考慮した情報伝達を行う音情報処理装置について説明する。 Further, in the present embodiment, a sound information processing apparatus that performs information transmission in consideration of synapses and spines will be described.
 また、本実施の形態において、動作した要素は、予め決められた条件を満たすほど時間が経過していない場合には動作しない音情報処理装置について説明する。なお、要素は、例えば、soma、AXON、Dendritesである。 Further, in the present embodiment, a sound information processing apparatus will be described in which the operated element does not operate if time has not elapsed so as to satisfy the predetermined condition. The elements are, for example, soma, AXON, Dendrites.
 また、本実施の形態において、発火したsomaの発火確率を上げる音情報処理装置について説明する。 Also, in the present embodiment, a sound information processing apparatus will be described that raises the firing probability of soma that has been fired.
 また、本実施の形態において、発火パターンと1以上の外部情報により、異なる出力音情報を出力する音情報処理装置について説明する。なお、外部情報とは、例えば、天気、気温、外界の風景、におい、音、光等である。 Further, in the present embodiment, a sound information processing apparatus will be described which outputs different output sound information based on the firing pattern and one or more pieces of external information. The external information is, for example, weather, temperature, scenery of the outside world, smell, sound, light and the like.
 また、本実施の形態において、学習機能を有する音情報処理装置について説明する。 Further, in the present embodiment, a sound information processing apparatus having a learning function will be described.
 また、本実施の形態において、要素が自動的に成長する音情報処理装置について説明する。なお、成長のトリガーは発火または情報の受け付け等である。 Further, in the present embodiment, a sound information processing apparatus in which elements are automatically grown will be described. The trigger for growth is firing or receiving information.
 また、本実施の形態において、グリア細胞情報を有し、グリア細胞情報が成長に影響する音情報処理装置について説明する。 Further, in the present embodiment, a sound information processing apparatus which has glial cell information and whose glial cell information affects the growth will be described.
 また、本実施の形態において、要素は位置情報を有し、位置情報を用いて、要素の成長や結合を実現する音情報処理装置について説明する。 Further, in the present embodiment, an element has position information, and a sound information processing apparatus that realizes the growth and combination of elements using position information will be described.
 また、本実施の形態において、実際のAXON等の成長の仕方を模倣する音情報理装置について説明する。 Also, in the present embodiment, a sound information processing apparatus that imitates the actual growth method such as AXON will be described.
 さらに、本実施の形態において、soma等の細胞のアポトーシス処理を模倣する音情報処理装置について説明する。ここで、例えば、予め決められた条件を満たすほどsomaが多い場合にsomaを消滅させたり、予め決められた条件を満たすほど発火の回数が少ないsomaを消滅させたり、Dendritesに接続していないsomaを消滅させたり、接続されているAXONが予め決められたゴールに到達していないsomaを消滅させたりする。 Furthermore, in the present embodiment, a sound information processing apparatus that mimics the apoptosis treatment of cells such as soma will be described. Here, for example, soma disappears when there is a large number of soma so as to satisfy a predetermined condition, or soma which has a small number of times of firing so as to satisfy a predetermined condition so as not to be connected to Dendrites Disappear, or the connected AXON disappears a soma that has not reached a predetermined goal.
 図4は、本実施の形態における音情報処理装置Bのブロック図である。図5は、処理部6のブロック図である。 FIG. 4 is a block diagram of the sound information processing apparatus B in the present embodiment. FIG. 5 is a block diagram of the processing unit 6.
 音情報処理装置Bは、格納部5、受付部2、処理部6、および出力部4を備える。 The sound information processing apparatus B includes a storage unit 5, a reception unit 2, a processing unit 6, and an output unit 4.
 格納部5は、soma関連情報格納部51、soma群情報格納部52、結合情報格納部53、グリア細胞情報格納部54、発火始点情報格納部55、出力管理情報格納部56、学習条件格納部57、学習情報格納部58、発火情報格納部59、および利用結合情報格納部60を備える。 The storage unit 5 includes a soma related information storage unit 51, a soma group information storage unit 52, a combined information storage unit 53, a glial cell information storage unit 54, an ignition start point information storage unit 55, an output management information storage unit 56, and a learning condition storage unit. 57, a learning information storage unit 58, a firing information storage unit 59, and a combined use information storage unit 60.
 受付部2は、入力情報受付部21を備える。 The receiving unit 2 includes an input information receiving unit 21.
 処理部6は、変更部61、学習検知部62、学習情報蓄積部63、成長部64、アポトーシス処理部65、および発火情報蓄積部66を備える。 The processing unit 6 includes a change unit 61, a learning detection unit 62, a learning information storage unit 63, a growth unit 64, an apoptosis processing unit 65, and a firing information storage unit 66.
 変更部61は、第一分割手段31、第二分割手段32、特徴情報取得手段611、情報伝達手段612、soma演算手段613、判断手段614、発火確率変更手段615、発火パターン取得手段616、合成手段617、および制御手段618を備える。 The change unit 61 includes a first division unit 31, a second division unit 32, a feature information acquisition unit 611, an information transmission unit 612, a soma calculation unit 613, a determination unit 614, a firing probability change unit 615, a firing pattern acquisition unit 616, and a combination. A unit 617 and a control unit 618 are provided.
 情報伝達手段612は、発火始点soma決定手段6121、結合検知手段6122、および伝達情報取得手段6123を備える。 The information transfer means 612 includes an ignition start point soma determination means 6121, a connection detection means 6122, and a transfer information acquisition means 6123.
 格納部5は、各種の情報が格納される。各種の情報とは、例えば、受付部2が受け付ける音情報、部分音情報、後述するsoma関連情報、後述するsoma群情報、後述する結合情報、後述するグリア細胞情報、後述する発火始点情報、後述する出力管理情報、後述する学習条件、後述する学習情報、後述する発火情報、後述する利用結合情報である。格納部5は、通常、2以上のキューを有する。 The storage unit 5 stores various types of information. The various information includes, for example, sound information received by the reception unit 2, partial sound information, soma related information to be described later, soma group information to be described later, coupling information to be described later, glial cell information to be described later, ignition starting point information to be described later Output management information to be output, learning conditions to be described later, learning information to be described later, firing information to be described later, usage combination information to be described later. The storage unit 5 usually has two or more queues.
 soma関連情報格納部51は、2以上のsoma関連情報が格納される。ここで、soma関連情報は、somaに関する情報である。soma関連情報は、soma識別子と発火条件情報とを有する。soma関連情報は、通常、1以上のDendrites情報と1以上のAXON情報とを有する。Dendrites情報とは、somaへの情報の入力を実現するDendritesに関する情報である。Dendrites情報は、Dendrites識別子を有する。Dendrites識別子は、Dendritesを識別する情報であり、例えば、ID、名前等である。Dendrites情報は、Dendrites位置情報を有することは好適である。AXON情報とは、somaからの情報の出力を実現するAXONに関する情報である。AXON情報は、AXON識別子を有する。AXON識別子は、AXONを識別する情報であり、例えば、ID、名前等である。AXON情報は、AXON位置情報を有することは好適である。soma関連情報は、ゴール情報を有しても良い。ゴール情報とは、ゴールを特定する情報である。ゴールとは、somaに接続されるAXONまたはDendritesが延びる先である。ゴール情報は、位置を示す情報である。ゴール情報は、例えば、位置情報である。ゴール情報は、例えば三次元の座標値(x,y,z)または二次元の座標値(x,y)または四次元のクオータニオン(x,y,x,w)である。 The soma related information storage unit 51 stores two or more soma related information. Here, the soma related information is information on soma. The soma related information has a soma identifier and firing condition information. The soma related information usually includes one or more Dendrites information and one or more AXON information. Dendrites information is information on Dendrites that realizes the input of information to soma. Dendrites information has Dendrites identifier. The Dendrites identifier is information for identifying Dendrites, and is, for example, an ID, a name, or the like. Preferably, the Dendrites information comprises Dendrites location information. AXON information is information related to AXON that realizes output of information from soma. The AXON information has an AXON identifier. The AXON identifier is information for identifying AXON, and is, for example, an ID, a name or the like. The AXON information preferably includes AXON position information. The soma related information may have goal information. Goal information is information for specifying a goal. The goal is the destination of AXON or Dentrites connected to soma. Goal information is information indicating a position. The goal information is, for example, position information. The goal information is, for example, three-dimensional coordinate values (x, y, z) or two-dimensional coordinate values (x, y) or four-dimensional quaternions (x, y, x, w).
 なお、somaの間の結合を一つのリンクの情報で表現する場合には、soma関連情報は、Dendrites情報やAXON情報を有さなくても良い。 In addition, when expressing the connection between soma by the information of one link, the soma related information may not have Dentrites information or AXON information.
 また、soma関連情報は、AXON情報またはDendrites情報に対応付けて、シナプスを識別するシナプス識別子またはスパインを識別するスパイン識別子を有しても良い。通常、シナプス識別子は、AXON情報に対応付く。また、通常、スパイン識別子は、Dendrites情報に対応付く。 In addition, the soma related information may have a synapse identifier that identifies a synapse or a spine identifier that identifies a spine in association with AXON information or Dendrites information. Usually, synapse identifiers correspond to AXON information. Also, usually, spine identifiers correspond to Dendrites information.
 また、soma関連情報は、somaが属するグループであるsoma群を識別するsoma群識別子を有しても良い。また、soma関連情報は、soma群識別子に対応付いていても良い。 Also, the soma related information may have a soma group identifier that identifies the soma group to which the soma belongs. Also, the soma related information may be associated with the soma group identifier.
 また、soma関連情報は、somaの位置を示すsoma位置情報を有することは好適である。soma位置情報は、例えば、三次元の座標値(x,y,z)または二次元の座標値(x,y)または四次元のクオータニオン(x,y,x,w)である。 Moreover, it is preferable that the soma related information has soma position information indicating the position of soma. The soma position information is, for example, three-dimensional coordinate values (x, y, z) or two-dimensional coordinate values (x, y) or four-dimensional quaternions (x, y, x, w).
 また、Dendrites位置情報は、Dendritesの位置を特定する情報であり、例えば、1または2以上の三次元の座標値(x,y,z)、または1または2以上の二次元の座標値(x,y)である。Dendrites位置情報が2以上の座標値を有する場合、Dendritesは、2以上の座標値の各点を結び線である。 Also, Dendrites position information is information for specifying the position of Dentrites, and for example, one or more three-dimensional coordinate values (x, y, z), or one or more two-dimensional coordinate values (x) , Y). When Dendrites position information has two or more coordinate values, Dendrites is a line connecting points of the two or more coordinate values.
 また、AXON位置情報は、AXONの位置を特定する情報であり、例えば、1または2以上の三次元の座標値(x,y,z)、または1または2以上の二次元の座標値(x,y)である。AXON位置情報が2以上の座標値を有する場合、AXONは、2以上の座標値の各点を結び線である。 Further, AXON position information is information for specifying the position of AXON, and, for example, one or more three-dimensional coordinate values (x, y, z), or one or more two-dimensional coordinate values (x) , Y). When AXON position information has two or more coordinate values, AXON is a line connecting points of two or more coordinate values.
 なお、Dendrites、AXONは枝分かれしても良い。Dendrites、AXONが枝分かれする場合の各々の位置情報は、3または4以上の座標値で表現され得る。ただし、Dendrites位置情報、AXON位置情報の表現方法は問わない。 Note that Dendrites and AXON may be branched. Each position information when Dendrites and AXON branch may be represented by three or four or more coordinate values. However, it does not matter how to express Dendrites position information and AXON position information.
 また、soma識別子は、somaを識別する情報である。soma識別子は、例えば、ID、名前等である。発火条件情報は、somaが発火するための条件に関する情報である。発火条件情報は、通常、1以上の特徴情報を有する。特徴情報は、情報を識別する情報識別子と、情報の大きさを示す情報量とを有する情報でも良いし、情報の大きさを示す情報量のみの情報でも良い。情報量は、例えば、0より大きい数値である。発火条件情報は、例えば、「特徴情報>=0.5」「特徴情報>0.7」「情報量>=0.5」「情報量>0.7」「(情報識別子=A & 情報量>=0.5)&(情報識別子=B & 情報量>0.8)」等である。発火条件情報を構成する特徴情報は、情報量である。特徴情報は、例えば、特徴量であるが、入力情報そのものでも良い。特徴量は、例えば、音解析した結果の音の特徴量、画像解析した結果の画像の特徴量である。なお、音は、音声でも良いことは言うまでもない。発火条件情報は、発火確率情報を有することは好適である。発火確率情報とは、発火する確率に関する情報である。発火確率情報は、発火確率そのものでも良いし、発火確率を関数等で変換した値等でも良い。発火確率情報が参照され、発火確率情報が示す確率で、特徴情報が同じでも、somaが発火したり、発火しなかったりすることは好適である。 Also, the soma identifier is information that identifies soma. The soma identifier is, for example, an ID, a name or the like. The firing condition information is information on the condition for firing the soma. The firing condition information usually has one or more pieces of feature information. The characteristic information may be information having an information identifier for identifying the information and an amount of information indicating the size of the information, or may be information of only the amount of information indicating the size of the information. The amount of information is, for example, a numerical value greater than zero. The firing condition information is, for example, “feature information> = 0.5”, “feature information> 0.7”, “information amount> = 0.5”, “information amount> 0.7” “(information identifier = A & information amount > = 0.5) & (information identifier = B & amount of information> 0.8) etc. The feature information that constitutes the firing condition information is the amount of information. The feature information is, for example, a feature amount, but may be input information itself. The feature amount is, for example, a feature amount of sound as a result of sound analysis, and a feature amount of an image as a result of image analysis. Needless to say, the sound may be voice. The firing condition information preferably includes firing probability information. The firing probability information is information on the probability of firing. The firing probability information may be the firing probability itself or a value obtained by converting the firing probability by a function or the like. With reference to the firing probability information, it is preferable that the soma fires or does not fire even if the feature information is the same with the probability indicated by the firing probability information.
 2以上のsoma関連情報がグループ化されていても良い。「グループ化された」とは、例えば、soma関連情報にsoma群識別子が対応付いていることである。対応付いていることは、対応付けが可能であれば良い趣旨である。soma群識別子とは、somaが属するグループであるsoma群を識別する情報である。「グループ化された」とは、例えば、soma関連情報が有するゴール情報が同一であることである。また、「グループ化された」とは、例えば、同一のsoma群識別子を有しているまた、「グループ化された」とは、例えば、リンクにより結合されていることである。なお、soma関連情報のグループ化の方法やデータ構造は問わないことは言うまでもない。なお、soma関連情報は、soma群識別子を有しても良い。 Two or more pieces of soma related information may be grouped. "Grouped" is, for example, that the soma related information is associated with the soma group identifier. Correspondence is good meaning as long as correspondence is possible. The soma group identifier is information identifying the soma group to which the soma belongs. "Grouped" means, for example, that goal information possessed by soma related information is identical. Also, "grouped" means, for example, having the same soma group identifier, and "grouped" means, for example, being linked by a link. Needless to say, there is no limitation on the method and data structure of grouping of soma related information. The soma related information may have a soma group identifier.
 また、soma関連情報は、somaが保持しているエネルギー量を示す保有エネルギー量情報を有していることは好適である。また、soma関連情報は、発火に必要なエネルギー量を示す必要エネルギー量情報を有していることは好適である。また、Dendrites情報は、Dendritesが保持しているエネルギー量を示す保有エネルギー量情報を有していることは好適である。また、Dendrites情報は、Dendritesを利用して情報伝達を行うために必要な必要エネルギー量情報を有していることは好適である。また、AXON情報は、AXONが保持しているエネルギー量を示す保有エネルギー量情報を有していることは好適である。さらに、AXON情報は、AXONを利用して情報伝達を行うために必要な必要エネルギー量情報を有していることは好適である。 In addition, it is preferable that the soma related information have stored energy amount information indicating the amount of energy held by the soma. In addition, it is preferable that the soma related information have necessary energy amount information indicating an energy amount necessary for ignition. In addition, it is preferable that the Dendrites information includes possessed energy amount information indicating the amount of energy held by Dendrites. In addition, it is preferable that Dendrites information has necessary energy amount information necessary for performing information transmission using Dendrites. Further, it is preferable that the AXON information includes possessed energy amount information indicating the amount of energy held by AXON. Furthermore, it is preferable that AXON information has necessary energy amount information necessary for performing information transmission using AXON.
 soma群情報格納部52は、2以上のsoma群情報が格納される。soma群情報は、soma群識別子とゴール情報とを有する。ゴール情報とは、soma群に属するsomaに接続されるAXONまたはDendritesが延びる先を特定する情報である。ゴール情報は、例えば、1または2以上の三次元の座標値(x,y,z)、または1または2以上の二次元の座標値(x,y)である。ゴール情報は、例えば、方向を示す情報でも良い。 The soma group information storage unit 52 stores two or more pieces of soma group information. The soma group information includes soma group identifiers and goal information. The goal information is information for specifying the extension destination of AXON or Dendrites connected to the soma belonging to the soma group. The goal information is, for example, one or more three-dimensional coordinate values (x, y, z), or one or more two-dimensional coordinate values (x, y). The goal information may be, for example, information indicating a direction.
 結合情報格納部53は、1または2以上の結合情報が格納される。結合情報は、2以上のsomaの間の結合を特定する情報である。結合情報は、一のsomaのAXONと他のsomaのDendritesとの結合を特定する情報でも良い。かかる情報も、somaの間の結合を特定する情報である。結合情報は、一のシナプスと一のスパインとの間の結合を特定する情報でも良い。かかる情報も、somaの間の結合を特定する情報である。結合情報は、例えば、結合する2つのsoma識別子を有する。また、結合情報は、例えば、AXONのAXON識別子と、当該AXONと結合するDendritesのDendrites識別子とを有する。また、結合情報は、例えば、シナプスのシナプス識別子と、当該シナプスとの間で情報伝達を行えるスパインのスパイン識別子とを有する。結合情報は、情報伝達確率情報を有しても良い。情報伝達確率情報は、一のsomaと他のsomaとの間の情報伝達を行う確率に関する情報である。情報伝達確率情報は、AXONとDendritesとの間の情報伝達を行う確率に関する情報でも良い。かかる場合も、情報伝達確率情報は、一のsomaと他のsomaとの間の情報伝達を行う確率に関する情報である。また、情報伝達確率情報は、シナプスとスパインとの間の情報伝達を行う確率に関する情報でも良い。かかる場合も、情報伝達確率情報は、一のsomaと他のsomaとの間の情報伝達を行う確率に関する情報である。なお、ここでsoma間の結合方向は、通常、一方向である。 The combined information storage unit 53 stores one or more pieces of combined information. Binding information is information that identifies binding between two or more soma. The binding information may be information specifying binding between one soma AXON and another soma Dendrites. Such information is also information specifying the binding between soma. The binding information may be information specifying the binding between one synapse and one spine. Such information is also information specifying the binding between soma. The binding information has, for example, two soma identifiers to be bound. Further, the connection information includes, for example, an AXON identifier of AXON and a Dendrites identifier of Dendrites to be associated with the AXON. Further, the connection information includes, for example, a synapse identifier of a synapse, and a spine identifier of a spine capable of transmitting information between the synapse. The combined information may comprise information transfer probability information. The information transfer probability information is information on the probability of performing information transfer between one soma and another soma. The information transfer probability information may be information on the probability of performing information transfer between AXON and Dendrites. Also in this case, the information transfer probability information is information on the probability of performing information transfer between one soma and another soma. Further, the information transfer probability information may be information on the probability of performing information transfer between the synapse and the spine. Also in this case, the information transfer probability information is information on the probability of performing information transfer between one soma and another soma. Here, the bonding direction between soma is usually one direction.
 結合情報は、somaとAXONとの結合を示す情報でも良い。かかる場合、結合情報は、soma識別子とAXON識別子とを有する。また、結合情報は、somaとDendritesとの結合を示す情報でも良い。かかる場合、結合情報は、soma識別子とDendrites識別子とを有する。 The connection information may be information indicating the connection between soma and AXON. In such a case, the combined information includes the soma identifier and the AXON identifier. The connection information may also be information indicating the connection between soma and Dendrites. In such a case, the binding information includes the soma identifier and the Dendrites identifier.
 結合情報は、グリア細胞とAXONまたはDendritesとの間の結合を特定する情報でも良い。かかる場合、結合情報は、例えば、グリア細胞情報を識別するグリア細胞識別子と、AXON識別子とを有する。結合情報は、例えば、グリア細胞識別子と、Dendrites識別子とを有しても良い。 The binding information may be information identifying the binding between glial cells and AXON or Dendrites. In such a case, the binding information includes, for example, a glial cell identifier that identifies glial cell information and an AXON identifier. The binding information may include, for example, a glial cell identifier and a Dendrites identifier.
 グリア細胞情報格納部54は、1または2以上のグリア細胞情報が格納される。グリア細胞情報は、グリア細胞に関する情報である。グリア細胞情報は、グリア細胞を識別するグリア細胞識別子を有することは好適である。グリア細胞情報は、例えば、結合するsomaを識別するsoma識別子、または結合する結合情報を識別する結合情報識別子を有する。グリア細胞情報は、例えば、当該グリア細胞と結合するAXONのAXON識別子、または当該グリア細胞と結合するDendritesのDendrites識別子を有する。また、グリア細胞情報は、グリア細胞の種類を識別するグリア細胞種類識別子を有することは好適である。グリア細胞の種類とは、例えば、oligodendrocites(以下、適宜「oligo」と言う)、astrocitesである。なお、oligoは、axonに接続し得る細胞である。astrocitesは、somaまたはDendritesに接続し得る細胞である。また、グリア細胞情報は、グリア細胞の位置を特定するグリア細胞位置情報を有することは好適である。特に、oligoのグリア細胞情報は、グリア細胞位置情報を有することは好適である。また、グリア細胞情報は、1以上の各手の長さを示す手長情報を有しても良い。また、グリア細胞情報は、グリア細胞から出ている手の数を示す手数情報を有しても良い。そして、通常、各手の手長情報から算出されるグリア細胞の全体の長さが閾値に届いた場合、それ以上、グリア細胞は成長しないことは好適である。 The glial cell information storage unit 54 stores one or more glial cell information. Glial cell information is information on glial cells. It is preferred that the glial cell information has a glial cell identifier that identifies glial cells. The glial cell information has, for example, a soma identifier that identifies soma to bind, or a binding information identifier that identifies binding information to bind. The glial cell information has, for example, an AXON identifier of AXON that binds to the glial cells, or a Dendrites identifier of Dendrites that binds to the glial cells. Also, it is preferable that glial cell information has a glial cell type identifier that identifies the glial cell type. The types of glial cells are, for example, oligodendrocites (hereinafter referred to as "oligo" as appropriate) and astrocites. Oligo is a cell that can be connected to axon. Astrocites are cells that can connect to soma or Dendrites. Also, it is preferable that glial cell information has glial cell position information that specifies the position of glial cells. In particular, it is preferable that oligo glial cell information has glial cell position information. In addition, glial cell information may have length information indicating the length of one or more hands. In addition, glial cell information may include information indicating the number of hands leaving glial cells. Then, in general, it is preferable that the glial cells do not grow when the total length of the glial cells calculated from the hand length information reaches the threshold.
 発火始点情報格納部55は、1以上の発火始点情報が格納される。発火始点情報は、特徴情報を識別する情報識別子と、特徴情報が受け付けられた場合に発火するsomaを識別する1以上のsoma識別子とを有する。情報識別子は、例えば、音情報の特徴量の種類を特定する情報であり、例えば、特定の周波数帯の音情報を識別する情報である。 The firing start point information storage unit 55 stores one or more pieces of firing start point information. The firing start point information has an information identifier for identifying feature information, and one or more soma identifiers for identifying soma to be fired when the feature information is accepted. The information identifier is, for example, information for specifying the type of feature amount of sound information, and is, for example, information for identifying sound information of a specific frequency band.
 出力管理情報格納部56は、1または2以上の出力管理情報が格納される。出力管理情報は、出力条件と出力情報とを有する情報である。出力管理情報は、出力条件と出力情報との対の情報でも良い。 The output management information storage unit 56 stores one or more output management information. The output management information is information having an output condition and output information. The output management information may be information on a pair of output conditions and output information.
 出力条件とは、出力情報を決定するために用いられる条件である。出力条件は、発火パターンを用いた出力のための条件である。出力条件は、発火パターンそのものでも良いし、発火パターンと出力確率情報を有する情報でも良い。出力確率情報は、出力情報を取得するための確率に関する情報である。出力条件は、発火パターンと適用される発火パターンが有するsoma識別子の数の下限の情報、発火パターンと適用される発火パターンが有するsoma識別子の割合の下限の情報等でも良い。発火パターンは、1以上のsoma識別子を有する。発火パターンとは、1または2以上のsomaの発火のパターンである。 The output condition is a condition used to determine output information. The output condition is a condition for output using the firing pattern. The output condition may be a firing pattern itself or information having a firing pattern and output probability information. The output probability information is information on the probability for acquiring the output information. The output condition may be information on the lower limit of the firing pattern and the number of soma identifiers included in the firing pattern to be applied, information on the lower limit of the ratio of the soma identifier in the firing pattern to the firing pattern to be applied, or the like. The firing pattern has one or more soma identifiers. The firing pattern is a pattern of firing of one or more soma.
 出力条件は、発火パターンと1以上の外部情報に関する情報とを用いた条件であっても良い。外部情報とは、外部の情報である。外部情報は、ユーザコンテキストと言っても良い。外部情報は、例えば、気温、天気、におい等である。なお、外部情報は、通常、入力情報が受け付けられた際の、入力情報以外に受け付けられる情報である。 The output condition may be a condition using a firing pattern and information on one or more pieces of external information. External information is external information. External information may be referred to as user context. The external information is, for example, temperature, weather, smell and the like. The external information is usually information that can be accepted other than the input information when the input information is accepted.
 出力情報は、発火パターンに対応する情報である。出力情報は、例えば、音情報の1または2以上の特徴情報(特徴量と言っても良い)である。出力情報は、例えば、人の感情に関する感情情報、人の意思を示す意思情報、人の体の動きに関する行動情報などである。感情情報は、例えば、嬉しい、悲しい、怯え、驚き等である。感情情報は、例えば、感情を識別するIDである。意思情報は、例えば、意思を識別する情報である。行動情報は、例えば、例えば、アバター(キャラクタ)の動きに反映される情報である。アバターを動作させる技術は公知技術であるので、詳細な説明は省略する。 The output information is information corresponding to the firing pattern. The output information is, for example, one or two or more pieces of feature information (may be referred to as a feature amount) of sound information. The output information is, for example, emotion information on human emotion, intention information indicating the intention of the person, action information on the movement of the human body, and the like. Emotion information is, for example, happy, sad, hate, surprise, etc. Emotion information is, for example, an ID for identifying an emotion. The intention information is, for example, information identifying an intention. The action information is, for example, information reflected on the movement of an avatar (character). The technology for operating the avatar is a known technology, and thus the detailed description is omitted.
 学習条件格納部57は、1または2以上の学習条件が格納される。学習条件とは、学習が行われるための条件である。学習条件は、発火パターンを用いた条件である。学習条件は、発火パターンそのものでも良い。学習条件は、例えば、1以上のsoma識別子を有する発火パターンと、学習するために発火が必要なsomaの数、または学習するために発火が必要なsomaの割合(学習条件が有する発火パターンに含まれるsoma識別子のうち、発火したsomaの数/学習条件が有する発火パターンに含まれるsoma識別子の数)等でも良い。また、学習条件は、発火パターンと学習確率情報を有しても良い。学習確率情報は、学習すると決定する確率に関する情報である。学習条件が学習確率情報を有する場合、発火パターンを用いた判断が「学習する」との判断できる場合であっても、学習確率情報を用いて、確率的に判断され、「学習しない」と判断されることもあり得る。 The learning condition storage unit 57 stores one or more learning conditions. The learning condition is a condition for learning to be performed. The learning condition is a condition using a firing pattern. The learning condition may be the firing pattern itself. The learning condition includes, for example, a firing pattern having one or more soma identifiers, the number of soma requiring firing for learning, or the ratio of soma requiring firing for learning (included in the firing pattern for learning condition) Among the soma identifiers to be sent, the number of fired soma / the number of soma identifiers included in the firing pattern included in the learning condition may be used. Also, the learning conditions may include firing patterns and learning probability information. The learning probability information is information on the probability to decide to learn. If the learning condition has learning probability information, even if the judgment using the firing pattern can be judged as "learning", it is judged probabilistically using the learning probability information and judged as "do not learn" It may be done.
 学習情報格納部58は、1または2以上の学習情報が格納される。学習情報は、学習された情報である。学習情報は、学習後に利用される情報である。学習情報は、入力情報または入力情報から取得される1以上の特徴情報と、発火パターンとを有する。ここでの特徴情報は、特徴情報を識別する情報識別子でも良い。ここでの特徴情報は、情報識別子と情報量でも良い。学習情報は、発火パターンの保持時間を示す保持時間情報を有しても良い。保持時間とは、当該発火パターンが利用されない場合に、消去される時間である。なお、保持時間情報が示す時間、利用されなかった学習情報を削除する処理は、例えば、処理部6が行う。 The learning information storage unit 58 stores one or more pieces of learning information. Learning information is learned information. The learning information is information used after learning. The learning information includes input information or one or more pieces of feature information acquired from the input information, and a firing pattern. The feature information here may be an information identifier for identifying the feature information. The characteristic information here may be an information identifier and an information amount. The learning information may have holding time information indicating the holding time of the firing pattern. The holding time is the time to be erased when the firing pattern is not used. Note that, for example, the processing unit 6 performs a process of deleting learning information that has not been used for the time indicated by the holding time information.
 発火情報格納部59は、1または2以上の発火情報が格納される。ここでの発火情報は、発火した結果に関する情報である。発火情報は、発火したsomaを識別するsoma識別子を有する。発火情報は、通常、発火した時を示すタイマー情報を有しても良い。タイマー情報は、相対的な時を示す情報でも良いし、絶対的な時を示す時刻の情報でも良い。なお、発火情報格納部59の発火情報は、蓄積から一定時間経過後、自動的に処理部6により削除されても良い。 The firing information storage unit 59 stores one or more firing information. The firing information here is information on the result of firing. The firing information has a soma identifier that identifies the fired soma. The firing information may typically include timer information indicating when it fires. The timer information may be information indicating a relative time or may be information on a time indicating an absolute time. Note that the firing information in the firing information storage unit 59 may be automatically deleted by the processing unit 6 after a predetermined time has elapsed since the storage.
 利用結合情報格納部60は、1または2以上の利用結合情報が格納される。利用結合情報は、情報の伝達のために結合情報が利用された履歴を示す情報である。利用結合情報は、情報の伝達のためにAXONやDendritesが利用された履歴を示す情報であっても良い。利用結合情報は、例えば、結合情報識別子を有する。利用結合情報は、例えば、AXON識別子または/およびDendrites識別子を有する。利用結合情報は、例えば、シナプス識別子または/およびスパイン識別子を有する。利用結合情報は、例えば、利用された時を示すタイマー情報を有しても良い。 The usage combination information storage unit 60 stores one or more usage combination information. The use combination information is information indicating a history of use of the combination information for the transmission of information. The use combination information may be information indicating a history of use of AXON or Dentrites for transmission of information. The usage binding information has, for example, a binding information identifier. The usage binding information has, for example, an AXON identifier or / and a Dendrites identifier. The usage binding information has, for example, a synapse identifier or / and a spine identifier. The usage combination information may include, for example, timer information indicating when it was used.
 受付部2は、各種の情報を受け付ける。各種の情報とは、例えば、音情報などの入力情報、外部情報等である。各種の情報の入力手段は、例えば、マイクやキーボードやマウスやメニュー画面によるものやモーションセンサーや温度センサーをはじめとする各種センサー等、何でも良い。受付部2は、マイクやキーボード等の入力手段のデバイスドライバーや、メニュー画面の制御ソフトウェア等で実現され得る。また、受け付けとは、マイクやキーボードやマウス、タッチパネルなどの入力デバイスから入力された情報の受け付け、有線もしくは無線の通信回線を介して送信された情報の受信、光ディスクや磁気ディスク、半導体メモリなどの記録媒体から読み出された情報の受け付けなどを含む概念である。 The receiving unit 2 receives various types of information. The various types of information are, for example, input information such as sound information, external information, and the like. The means for inputting various information may be anything such as a microphone, a keyboard, a mouse, a menu screen, or various sensors such as a motion sensor and a temperature sensor. The reception unit 2 can be realized by a device driver of input means such as a microphone or a keyboard, control software of a menu screen, or the like. In addition, reception includes reception of information input from an input device such as a microphone, a keyboard, a mouse, and a touch panel, reception of information transmitted through a wired or wireless communication line, an optical disk, a magnetic disk, a semiconductor memory, etc. It is a concept including reception of information read from a recording medium, and the like.
 入力情報受付部21は、入力情報を受け付ける。入力情報は、入力される情報である。入力情報は、ここでは、例えば、音情報である。入力情報のデータタイプやデータ構造等は問わない。入力情報受付部21は、1以上の外部情報をも受け付けることは好適である。 The input information accepting unit 21 accepts input information. The input information is information to be input. Here, the input information is, for example, sound information. There is no limitation on the data type or data structure of the input information. It is preferable that the input information receiving unit 21 also receive one or more pieces of external information.
 処理部6は、各種の処理を行う。各種の処理とは、例えば、変更部61、学習検知部62、学習情報蓄積部63、成長部64、アポトーシス処理部65、発火情報蓄積部66等が行う処理である。 The processing unit 6 performs various processes. The various types of processing are, for example, processing performed by the change unit 61, the learning detection unit 62, the learning information storage unit 63, the growth unit 64, the apoptosis processing unit 65, the firing information storage unit 66, and the like.
 変更部61は、受付部2が受け付けた音情報を2以上の周波数帯に分割し、2以上の部分音情報を取得し、時間的に異なるタイミングの、周波数帯が異なる2以上の部分音情報を合成し、出力音情報を取得する。 The changing unit 61 divides the sound information received by the receiving unit 2 into two or more frequency bands, acquires two or more partial sound information, and two or more partial sound information with different frequency bands at different timings. To obtain output sound information.
 変更部61は、受付部2が受け付けた音情報を2以上の周波数帯に分割し、2以上の部分音情報を取得し、時間的に先に受け付けた音情報のうちの高周波数帯の部分音情報と、時間的に後に受け付けた音情報のうちの低周波数帯の部分音情報とを合成し、出力音情報を取得する。 The changing unit 61 divides the sound information received by the receiving unit 2 into two or more frequency bands, acquires two or more partial sound information, and a portion of the high frequency band of the sound information received earlier in time The sound information and the partial sound information in the low frequency band of the sound information received later in time are synthesized to obtain output sound information.
 特徴情報取得手段611は、1または2以上の各部分音情報から、1以上の特徴情報を取得する。部分音情報は、第一部分音情報または第二部分音情報である。 The feature information acquisition unit 611 acquires one or more pieces of feature information from one or more pieces of partial sound information. The partial sound information is first partial sound information or second partial sound information.
 音情報から得られる特徴情報(特徴量と言っても良い)は、例えば、周波数、時間、遅れ時間である。なお、音情報の特徴量を取得する処理は公知技術であるので、詳細な説明を省略する。 Feature information (which may be referred to as a feature amount) obtained from sound information is, for example, frequency, time, and delay time. In addition, since the process which acquires the feature-value of sound information is a well-known technique, detailed description is abbreviate | omitted.
 情報伝達手段612は、最初に発火するsomaを識別する1以上のsoma識別子を取得する。詳細には、情報伝達手段612は、特徴情報取得手段611が取得した特徴情報が有する情報識別子と対になる1以上のsoma識別子を発火始点情報格納部55から取得し、当該1以上の各soma識別子と特徴情報取得手段611が取得した特徴情報が有する情報量とを対にして、取得する。なお、通常、この1以上のsoma識別子で識別される各somaに情報量が与えられる。また、この1以上のsoma識別子で識別されるsomaが最初に発火するsomaの識別子であっても良い。 The information transfer means 612 obtains one or more soma identifiers identifying the soma that fires first. In detail, the information transfer means 612 acquires one or more soma identifiers paired with the information identifier possessed by the feature information acquired by the feature information acquisition means 611 from the firing start point information storage unit 55, and the one or more soma The identifier and the amount of information possessed by the feature information acquired by the feature information acquisition means 611 are paired and acquired. Generally, an amount of information is given to each soma identified by the one or more soma identifiers. Also, the soma identified by the one or more soma identifiers may be an identifier of the soma to be fired first.
 情報伝達手段612は、1以上の他のsomaから渡された1以上の特徴情報または1以上の特徴情報から取得される1以上の特徴情報と発火の判断の対象となる1以上の各somaのsoma識別子とを取得する。 The information transfer means 612 is configured to receive one or more pieces of feature information acquired from one or more pieces of feature information or one or more pieces of feature information passed from one or more other soma, and one or more pieces of soma to be subjected to the determination of firing Get the soma identifier.
 情報伝達手段612は、例えば、部分音情報ごとに、特徴情報取得手段611が取得した1以上の特徴情報と最初に発火するsomaを識別する1以上のsoma識別子とを取得し、かつ1以上の他のsomaから渡された1以上の特徴情報または1以上の特徴情報から取得される1以上の特徴情報と発火の判断の対象となる1以上の各somaのsoma識別子とを取得する。 The information transfer means 612 acquires, for example, one or more feature information acquired by the feature information acquisition means 611 and one or more soma identifiers for identifying a soma to be fired first, for each partial sound information, and one or more One or more pieces of feature information passed from another soma or one or more pieces of feature information acquired from one or more pieces of feature information and a soma identifier of one or more soma to be subjected to the determination of firing are acquired.
 情報伝達手段612は、判断手段614が発火すると判断したsomaのsoma関連情報に適用された1以上の特徴情報または1以上の特徴情報から取得される1以上の特徴情報と、判断手段614が発火すると判断したsomaと結合している1以上の各somaのsoma識別子とを取得する。なお、情報伝達手段612は、結合情報格納部53の結合情報を用いて、判断手段614が発火すると判断したsomaと結合している1以上の各somaのsoma識別子を取得する。 The information transfer means 612 includes one or more feature information applied to the soma related information of the soma determined by the determination means 614 to be fired, or one or more feature information acquired from the one or more feature information, and the determination means 614 Then, the determined soma and one or more soma identifiers associated with one or more soma are acquired. The information transfer means 612 acquires the soma identifier of one or more soma connected with the soma judged by the judgment means 614 to fire using the connection information of the connection information storage unit 53.
 情報伝達手段612は、後述するsoma演算手段613が取得した一の特徴情報と発火の判断の対象となる1以上の各somaのsoma識別子とを取得する。ここで、一の特徴情報は、通常、一の情報量である。 The information transfer means 612 acquires one feature information acquired by the soma calculation means 613 described later and one or more soma identifiers of one or more soma to be subjected to the determination of the firing. Here, one feature information is usually one information amount.
 情報伝達手段612は、判断手段614が発火すると判断したsomaが含まれるsoma群(第一soma群という)と他のsoma群(第二soma群という)と結合を特定する結合情報を用いて、第二soma群に含まれる1以上のsomaのsoma識別子を取得する場合がある。第二soma群に含まれる1以上のsomaのsoma識別子は、第一soma群の位置に近い位置に存在するsomaの識別子である。 The information transfer means 612 uses the connection information specifying the connection between the soma group (referred to as the first soma group) including the soma judged to be firing by the determination means 614 and the other soma group (referred to as the second soma group), In some cases, one or more soma soma identifiers included in the second soma group may be obtained. The one or more soma soma identifiers included in the second soma group are identifiers of soma present near the position of the first soma group.
 情報伝達手段612は、結合情報格納部53の結合情報が有する情報伝達確率情報を用いて、判断手段614が発火すると判断したsomaと結合している1以上の各somaのsoma識別子を、確率的に取得する。確率的に取得することは、確率の情報(ここでは、情報伝達確率情報)を用いて、発火すると判断したり、発火しないと判断したりすることである。なお、確率的に取得する処理は公知技術であるので詳細な説明を省略する。 The information transfer means 612 uses the information transfer probability information included in the combined information in the combined information storage unit 53 to probabilistically use the soma identifier of each of one or more soma combined with the soma which the determination means 614 determines to fire. Get to Stochastic acquisition is to use information on probability (here, information transmission probability information) to judge to fire or not to fire. In addition, since the process acquired stochastically is a well-known technique, detailed description is abbreviate | omitted.
 なお、例えば、後述する判断手段614が、AXONまたはDendritesまたはシナプスまたはスパインが利用された履歴を示す利用結合情報に基づいて、最近に当該AXONまたは当該Dendritesまたは当該シナプスまたは当該スパインが利用されてから、予め決められた時間以上または予め決められた時間より長い時間利用されていないと判断した場合のみ、情報伝達手段612は、次のsomaへの情報伝達処理を行うことは好適である。 Note that, for example, after judgment means 614 to be described later indicates that AXON or Dendrites, or synapse or spine is used history indicating utilization history, the AXON or Dendrites or the synapse or the spine is used recently. It is preferable that the information transfer means 612 perform the process of transferring information to the next soma only when it is determined that the time has not been used for a predetermined time or more or for a time longer than the predetermined time.
 また、情報伝達手段612は、次のsomaへの情報伝達処理を行った場合、利用結合情報を構成し、利用結合情報格納部60に蓄積することは好適である。つまり、情報伝達手段612は、次のsomaへの情報伝達処理を行った場合、図示しないタイマーから現在の時を示すタイマー情報を取得する。そして、情報伝達手段612は、利用されたAXONのAXON識別子、利用されたDendritesのDendrites識別子、利用されたシナプスのシナプス識別子、または利用されたスパインのスパイン識別子のうちの1以上の識別子を取得する。そして、情報伝達手段612は、タイマー情報、および取得した1以上の識別子を有する利用結合情報を構成し、利用結合情報格納部60に蓄積する。また、情報伝達手段612は、例えば、情報伝達に利用された結合(リンク)の結合情報識別子を取得し、図示しないタイマーから現在の時を示すタイマー情報を取得し、当該結合情報識別子と当該タイマー情報とを有する利用結合情報を構成し、利用結合情報格納部60に蓄積する。 In addition, when the information transfer means 612 performs the information transfer process to the next soma, it is preferable that the use combination information be configured and stored in the use combination information storage unit 60. That is, the information transfer means 612 acquires the timer information which shows the present time from the timer which is not shown in figure, when the information transfer process to the following soma is performed. Then, the information transfer means 612 acquires one or more of the used AXON AXON identifier, the used Dendrites Dendrites identifier, the used synapse synapse identifier, or the used spine spine identifier. . Then, the information transfer means 612 configures timer information and usage combination information having the acquired one or more identifiers, and stores the information in the usage combination information storage unit 60. Further, the information transfer means 612 acquires, for example, a combined information identifier of a combination (link) used for information transfer, acquires timer information indicating the current time from a timer not shown, and the combined information identifier and the timer. The usage combination information including the information is configured and stored in the usage combination information storage unit 60.
 また、情報伝達手段612は、次のsomaへの情報伝達処理を行った場合、当該伝達のために利用したAXONのAXON識別子と対になる保有エネルギー量情報、および当該伝達のために利用したDendritesのDendrites識別子と対になる保有エネルギー量情報が示すエネルギー量を減じることは好適である。なお、エネルギー量を減じるための関数は、例えば、格納部5に格納されている、とする。また、当該関数は問わない。関数は、例えば、以下の数式1である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000001
In addition, when the information transfer means 612 performs information transfer processing to the next soma, the stored energy amount information paired with the AXON identifier of AXON used for the transfer, and Dentrites used for the transfer. It is preferable to reduce the amount of energy indicated by the stored energy amount information paired with the Dendrites identifier of. In addition, it is assumed that the function for reducing the amount of energy is stored in the storage unit 5, for example. Also, the function does not matter. The function is, for example, Equation 1 below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000001
 数式1において、E,g,cはパラメータ,Iは入力信号(要求信号)である。また、数式1において、例えば、E=-65mV, g=0.025μS,C=0.5nFである。 In Equation 1, E, g and c are parameters, and I is an input signal (request signal). In Equation 1, for example, E = −65 mV, g = 0.025 μS, and C = 0.5 nF.
 発火始点soma決定手段6121は、特徴情報取得手段611が取得した1以上の各特徴情報を識別する情報識別子と対になる1以上のsoma識別子を発火始点情報格納部55から取得する。情報識別子は、特徴情報取得手段611が取得した特徴情報が有しても良いし、特徴情報取得手段611が取得した特徴情報または情報量に対応付いていても良い。 The firing start point soma determination unit 6121 obtains, from the firing start point information storage unit 55, one or more soma identifiers paired with the information identifiers for identifying the one or more pieces of feature information obtained by the feature information obtaining unit 611. The information identifier may be included in the feature information acquired by the feature information acquisition unit 611, or may be associated with the feature information or the information amount acquired by the feature information acquisition unit 611.
 結合検知手段6122は、結合情報格納部53の結合情報を用いて、判断手段614が発火すると判断したsomaと結合している1以上のsomaを検知する。somaの検知とは、通常、soma識別子の取得である。 The connection detection unit 6122 detects one or more soma connected to the soma determined by the determination unit 614 to be fired, using the connection information in the connection information storage unit 53. The detection of soma is usually the acquisition of soma identifiers.
 結合検知手段6122は、例えば、判断手段614が発火すると判断したsomaのsoma識別子を取得し、当該soma識別子と対になる1以上のsoma識別子を結合情報格納部53から取得する。 The connection detection unit 6122 acquires, for example, the soma identifier of the soma determined by the determination unit 614 to fire, and acquires one or more soma identifiers paired with the soma identifier from the connection information storage unit 53.
 結合検知手段6122は、例えば、判断手段614が発火すると判断したsomaのsoma識別子を取得し、当該soma識別子と対になるAXON識別子をsoma関連情報格納部51から取得し、当該AXON識別子と対になるDendrites識別子を結合情報格納部53から取得し、当該Dendrites識別子と対になるsoma識別子をsoma関連情報格納部51から取得する。 The connection detection unit 6122 acquires, for example, the soma identifier of the soma determined by the determination unit 614 to be fired, acquires an AXON identifier that makes a pair with the soma identifier from the soma related information storage unit 51, and makes a pair with the AXON identifier. And the soda identifier paired with the Dendrites identifier is acquired from the soma related information storage unit 51.
 結合検知手段6122は、例えば、判断手段614が発火すると判断したsomaのsoma識別子を取得し、当該soma識別子と対になるシナプス識別子をsoma関連情報格納部51から取得し、当該シナプス識別子と対になるスパイン識別子を、結合情報格納部53から取得し、当該スパイン識別子と対になるsoma識別子をsoma関連情報格納部51から取得する。 The connection detection unit 6122 acquires, for example, the soma identifier of the soma judged by the judgment unit 614 to fire, acquires a synapse identifier that makes a pair with the soma identifier from the soma related information storage unit 51, and makes a pair with the synapse identifier. The spine identifier is acquired from the combined information storage unit 53, and the soma identifier paired with the spine identifier is acquired from the soma related information storage unit 51.
 結合検知手段6122は、例えば、判断手段614が発火すると判断したsomaが属するsoma群のsoma群識別子を取得する。そして、判断手段614が発火すると判断したsomaがsoma群の中の端のsomaである(同一のsoma群の中で、特徴情報を伝達するsomaが存在しない)場合、結合検知手段6122は、当該soma群を識別するsoma群識別子と対になる他のsoma群のsoma群識別子を、結合情報格納部53から取得する。次に、結合検知手段6122は、例えば、当該取得したsoma群識別子で特定されるsoma群の中の端の1以上のsoma(同一のsoma群の中の他のsomaから特徴情報を受けることがないsoma)を識別する1以上のsoma識別子を取得する。 The connection detection unit 6122 acquires, for example, the soma group identifier of the soma group to which the soma determined by the determination unit 614 to be fired belongs. When the soma judged by the judging means 614 to fire is the soma at the end of the soma group (there is no soma transmitting characteristic information in the same soma group), the connection detecting means 6122 is The soma group identifier of the other soma group paired with the soma group identifier identifying the soma group is acquired from the combined information storage unit 53. Next, the binding detection means 6122 may, for example, receive feature information from one or more soma at the end of the soma group identified by the acquired soma group identifier (other soma in the same soma group) Get one or more soma identifiers that identify no soma).
 結合検知手段6122は、例えば、判断手段614が発火すると判断したsomaのsoma識別子が、当該somaが属するsoma群の中の情報伝達の最終のsomaであるとして、格納部1に格納されている場合、当該soma群を識別するsoma群識別子と対になる他のsoma群のsoma群識別子を結合情報格納部53から取得する。そして、結合検知手段6122は、例えば、当該取得した他のsoma群のsoma群識別子と対になる1以上のsoma識別子の中で、他のsoma群から情報伝達を最初に受けるsomaであるとして、格納部5に格納されている場合、当該somaのsoma識別子を、格納部5から取得する。 For example, the connection detection unit 6122 stores the soma identifier of the soma determined by the determination unit 614 as firing in the storage unit 1 as the final soma of the information transmission in the soma group to which the soma belongs. The soma group identifier of another soma group paired with the soma group identifier identifying the soma group is acquired from the combined information storage unit 53. Then, for example, among the one or more soma identifiers paired with the acquired soma group identifier of the other soma group, the binding detection means 6122 is a soma that first receives information transmission from the other soma group, When stored in the storage unit 5, the soma identifier of the soma is acquired from the storage unit 5.
 伝達情報取得手段6123は、soma間の情報の伝達のために使用する情報を取得する。伝達情報取得手段6123は、伝達する特徴情報と、伝達先のsomaのsoma識別子とを取得する。伝達情報取得手段6123は、例えば、判断手段614が発火すると判断したsomaのsoma関連情報に適用された1以上の特徴情報または1以上の特徴情報から取得される1以上の特徴情報と、結合検知手段6122が検知した1以上のsomaのsoma識別子とを取得する。 Transmission information acquisition means 6123 acquires information used for transmission of information between soma. The transmission information acquisition unit 6123 acquires the feature information to be transmitted and the soma identifier of the transmission destination soma. For example, the transfer information acquisition unit 6123 detects one or more pieces of feature information acquired from one or more pieces of feature information or one or more pieces of feature information applied to the soma related information of the soma determined by the determination unit 614 to fire. The one or more soma identifiers of the one or more soma detected by the means 6122 are acquired.
 soma演算手段613は、2以上の他の各somaから渡された2以上の特徴情報に対して演算を行い、一の特徴情報を取得する。ここでの特徴情報は、通常、情報量である。つまり、soma演算手段613は、通常、2以上の他の各somaから渡された2以上の情報量に対して演算を行い、一の情報量を取得する。なお、演算とは、予め決められた演算である。演算は、例えば、2以上の他の各somaから渡された2以上の情報量を加算する処理である。演算は、例えば、2以上の他の各somaから渡された2以上の情報量を加算した後に、1未満の定数を乗算する処理である。 The soma calculating unit 613 performs an operation on two or more pieces of feature information passed from two or more other pieces of soma, and acquires one piece of feature information. The feature information here is usually the amount of information. That is, the soma calculating unit 613 normally performs an operation on two or more pieces of information passed from two or more other soma, and acquires one piece of information. The operation is a predetermined operation. The operation is, for example, processing of adding two or more information amounts passed from two or more other soma. The operation is, for example, processing of adding two or more information amounts passed from two or more other soma, and then multiplying by a constant less than one.
 判断手段614は、情報伝達手段612が取得した1以上の特徴情報と、情報伝達手段612が取得した1以上の各soma識別子と対になる発火条件情報とを用いて、各soma識別子で識別されるsomaが発火するか否かを判断する。なお、1以上の特徴情報は、例えば、情報量である。 The determination unit 614 is identified by each soma identifier using the one or more feature information acquired by the information transfer unit 612 and the firing condition information paired with the one or more soma identifiers acquired by the information transfer unit 612. To see if it fires. The one or more pieces of feature information are, for example, the amount of information.
 判断手段614は、例えば、情報伝達手段612が取得した1以上の各soma識別子と対になる発火条件情報をsoma関連情報格納部51から取得する。そして、判断手段614は、例えば、情報伝達手段612が取得した情報量が、取得した発火条件情報が示す条件に合致するか否かを判断する。 For example, the determination unit 614 acquires, from the soma related information storage unit 51, firing condition information paired with one or more soma identifiers acquired by the information transfer unit 612. Then, the determination unit 614 determines, for example, whether or not the amount of information acquired by the information transfer unit 612 matches the condition indicated by the acquired firing condition information.
 判断手段614は、発火したと判断したsomaに対して、予め決められた条件を満たすほど時間が経過していない場合、発火するとは判断しないことは好適である。発火するとは判断しないことは、発火しないとは判断することでも良い。 It is preferable that the judging means 614 does not judge that an ignition will occur if the time has not elapsed so that the predetermined condition is satisfied, with respect to the soma judged to be an ignition. Not judging that it fires may be judging that it does not fire.
 判断手段614は、例えば、発火情報格納部59を参照し、判断対象のsomaのsoma識別子と対になるタイマー情報であり、最近のタイマー情報を取得する。そして、判断手段614は、例えば、図示しないタイマーから現在のタイマー情報を取得する。そして、判断手段614は、例えば、現在のタイマー情報と最近のタイマー情報とから、最近に発火してからの経過時間の情報を取得する。次に、判断手段614は、経過時間が閾値より小さいまたは経過時間が閾値以下であるか否かを判断し、経過時間が閾値より小さいまたは閾値以下であると判断した場合には、当該somaは発火しないとは判断することは好適である。 The determination unit 614 refers to, for example, the firing information storage unit 59, and is timer information that is paired with the soma identifier of the determination target soma, and acquires recent timer information. Then, the determination unit 614 obtains, for example, current timer information from a timer (not shown). Then, the determination unit 614 obtains, for example, information of an elapsed time since the latest firing from the current timer information and the latest timer information. Next, the judging means 614 judges whether the elapsed time is less than the threshold or the elapsed time is equal to or less than the threshold, and if it is determined that the elapsed time is less than the threshold or less than the threshold, the soma It is preferable to judge not to fire.
 発火条件情報が発火の確率を示す発火確率情報を有する場合、判断手段614は、当該発火確率情報を用いて、somaが発火するか否かを判断するので、判断手段614は、同一の1以上の特徴情報と発火条件情報とを用いても、somaが発火するか否かを判断する場合でも、somaが発火すると判断したり、発火しないと判断したりたりする。つまり、同じ1以上の特徴情報が一のsomaに与えられても、判断手段614は、当該somaに対応する発火確率情報を用いて、発火すると判断したり、発火しないと判断したりすることは好適である。 When the firing condition information has firing probability information indicating the probability of firing, the determining unit 614 determines whether or not the soma fires using the firing probability information, so that the determining unit 614 determines one or more of the same. Even if it is determined whether or not the soma fires, it is determined that the soma fires, or it is determined that the soma does not fire, even if the feature information of and the firing condition information are used. That is, even if the same one or more pieces of feature information are given to one soma, the judging means 614 may use the firing probability information corresponding to the soma to judge that it will fire or not. It is suitable.
 また、判断手段614は、同じ1以上の特徴情報が入力されても、外部情報に応じて、発火すると判断したり、発火しないと判断したりすることは好適である。 In addition, it is preferable that the determination unit 614 determines that the apparatus is fired or not according to the external information even if the same one or more pieces of feature information are input.
 判断手段614は、例えば、発火したsomaのsoma識別子と発火した時を示すタイマー情報とを対にして、格納部5に蓄積する。つまり、判断手段614は、somaが発火したと判断した場合、図示しないタイマーからタイマー情報を取得する。そして、発火したsomaのsoma識別子と当該タイマー情報とを有する発火情報を発火情報格納部59に蓄積する。 The determination unit 614 stores, for example, the soma identifier of the fired soma and timer information indicating the time of firing in the storage unit 5 as a pair. That is, when it is determined that the soma has been fired, the determination unit 614 acquires timer information from a timer (not shown). Then, the firing information storage unit 59 stores firing information having the soma identifier of the fired soma and the timer information.
 結合情報も、一度動作した場合は、予め決められた条件を満たすほど時間が経過していない場合、動作しないことは好適である。つまり、判断手段614は、情報伝達に利用されるAXONまたはDendritesまたはシナプスまたはスパインが最近に利用された時を示すタイマー情報を利用結合情報格納部60から取得し、現在の時を示すタイマー情報と比較し、予め決められた条件を満たすほど時間が経過していない場合、当該AXONまたは当該Dendritesまたは当該シナプスまたは当該スパインを利用した情報の伝達が行わない、と判断することは好適である。 It is preferable that the combined information also does not operate once when it has operated, and if the time has not elapsed enough to satisfy a predetermined condition. That is, the determination means 614 acquires timer information indicating when AXON or Dendrites used for information transmission or synapse or spine was recently used from the combined use information storage unit 60, and indicates timer information indicating the current time. It is preferable to compare and determine that transmission of information using the AXON or the Dendrites or the synapse or the spine is not performed when the time has not elapsed to satisfy the predetermined condition.
 また、判断手段614は、一のsomaが発火すると判断した場合に、当該somaのsoma関連情報が有する保有エネルギー量情報が示すエネルギー量を減じることは好適である。なお、エネルギー量を減じるための関数は、例えば、格納部5に格納されている、とする。また、当該関数は問わない。関数は、例えば、以下の数式2である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000002
Further, it is preferable that the judging means 614 reduce the energy amount indicated by the stored energy amount information included in the soma related information of the soma when it is judged that one soma is ignited. In addition, it is assumed that the function for reducing the amount of energy is stored in the storage unit 5, for example. Also, the function does not matter. The function is, for example, Equation 2 below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000002
 なお、数式2において、tは時間、f(t)は保有エネルギー量である。 In Equation 2, t is time, and f (t) is the amount of stored energy.
 判断手段614は、例えば、2以上の各特徴情報ごとに、1以上の特徴情報と、1以上の各soma識別子と対になる発火条件情報とを用いて、各soma識別子で識別されるsomaが発火するか否かを判断する。判断手段614は、例えば、情報伝達手段612が取得した1以上の特徴情報が、情報伝達手段612が取得した1以上の各soma識別子と対になる発火条件情報が示す発火条件を満たすか否かを判断する。 The determination unit 614 uses, for example, one or more pieces of feature information and one or more pieces of soma identifiers and firing condition information to be paired with each of the two or more pieces of feature information to identify the soma identified by each soma identifier. Determine if it will fire. The determination unit 614 determines, for example, whether the one or more feature information acquired by the information transfer unit 612 satisfies the firing condition indicated by the firing condition information paired with the one or more soma identifiers acquired by the information transfer unit 612. To judge.
 発火確率変更手段615は、判断手段614が発火すると判断したsomaに対応する発火確率情報を、発火する確率が上がるように変更する。つまり、発火確率変更手段615は、判断手段614が発火すると判断したsomaのsoma識別子を取得し、当該soma識別子と対になる発火確率情報を、発火する確率が上がるように変更する。なお、発火確率情報の変更のアルゴリズムは問わない。発火確率変更手段615は、予め決められた値を発火確率情報に加算しても良いし、予め決められた割合の値を発火確率情報に加算しても良いし、受け付けられた1以上の特徴情報に基づいて、上昇させる確率を取得する等しても良い。つまり、確率の上昇度合いは、一定でも良いし、動的に変化しても良い。 The firing probability changing unit 615 changes the firing probability information corresponding to the soma determined by the determining unit 614 to fire so that the probability of firing increases. That is, the firing probability changing unit 615 acquires the soma identifier of the soma determined by the determining unit 614 to fire, and changes the firing probability information paired with the soma identifier so that the probability of firing increases. The algorithm for changing the firing probability information is not limited. The firing probability changing means 615 may add a predetermined value to the firing probability information or may add a predetermined ratio value to the firing probability information, or one or more of the accepted features Based on the information, the probability of raising may be acquired. That is, the degree of increase in probability may be constant or may change dynamically.
 発火パターン取得手段616は、判断手段614が発火したと判断したsomaを識別する1以上のsoma識別子を含む発火パターンを取得する。 The firing pattern acquisition unit 616 acquires a firing pattern including one or more soma identifiers for identifying the soma determined by the determination unit 614 to be fired.
 発火パターン取得手段616は、入力情報受付部21が受け付けた入力情報または入力情報から取得される1以上の特徴情報を学習情報格納部58の1以上の学習情報に適用し、入力情報または入力情報から取得される1以上の特徴情報に対応する発火パターンを取得することは好適である。ここでの発火パターンは、学習情報を用いて取得された発火パターンである。 The firing pattern acquisition unit 616 applies the input information received by the input information reception unit 21 or one or more feature information acquired from the input information to one or more learning information of the learning information storage unit 58, and the input information or input information It is preferable to obtain a firing pattern corresponding to one or more pieces of feature information obtained from. The firing pattern here is a firing pattern acquired using learning information.
 なお、発火パターン取得手段616が発火パターンを取得するタイミングは問わない。発火パターン取得手段616は、定期的に発火パターンを取得しても良いし、不定期に発火パターンを取得しても良いし、判断手段614がsomaの発火を検知するごとに発火パターンを取得しても良い。 The timing at which the firing pattern acquisition unit 616 acquires the firing pattern does not matter. The firing pattern acquiring unit 616 may periodically acquire the firing pattern, or may irregularly acquire the firing pattern, or acquires the firing pattern every time the determination unit 614 detects the firing of the soma. It is good.
 また、発火パターン取得手段616が取得する発火パターンの時間的な幅は問わない。発火パターン取得手段616は、現在の時から閾値以内または閾値より最近の時を示すタイマー情報と対になる1以上のsoma識別子を発火情報格納部59から取得しても良い。発火パターン取得手段616は、発火情報格納部59のすべての発火情報が有する1以上のsoma識別子を発火情報格納部59から取得しても良い。発火パターン取得手段616が取得する発火パターンの時間的な幅は、動的に変わることは好適である。 In addition, the temporal width of the firing pattern acquired by the firing pattern acquisition unit 616 does not matter. The firing pattern acquisition unit 616 may obtain, from the firing information storage unit 59, one or more soma identifiers paired with timer information indicating a time within the threshold or a time later than the current time. The firing pattern acquisition unit 616 may obtain one or more soma identifiers included in all the firing information of the firing information storage unit 59 from the firing information storage unit 59. It is preferable that the temporal width of the firing pattern acquired by the firing pattern acquisition unit 616 dynamically change.
 発火パターン取得手段616は、例えば、部分音情報ごとに、判断手段614が発火すると判断したsomaを識別する1以上のsoma識別子を含む発火パターンを取得する。 For example, the firing pattern acquisition unit 616 acquires, for each partial sound information, a firing pattern including one or more soma identifiers for identifying the soma determined by the determination unit 614 to fire.
 合成手段617は、部分音情報ごとに、発火パターン取得手段616が取得した発火パターンに対応する出力情報を出力管理情報格納部56から取得し、取得した1以上の出力情報から出力音情報を構成する。なお、出力情報は、出力音情報と同種の情報でも良いし、異なる種類の情報でも良い。 The synthesizing unit 617 acquires output information corresponding to the firing pattern acquired by the firing pattern acquiring unit 616 from the output management information storage unit 56 for each partial sound information, and configures output sound information from the acquired one or more output information Do. The output information may be the same type of information as the output sound information, or may be different types of information.
 発火パターンに対応する出力音情報とは、通常、発火パターン取得手段616が取得した発火パターンと予め決められた条件を満たすほど類似する発火パターンと対になる出力音情報である。発火パターンAと発火パターンBとが予め決められた条件を満たすほど類似する場合は、例えば、発火パターンAに含まれる1以上のsoma識別子のうちの閾値以上または閾値より多い数のsoma識別子が発火パターンBに含まれる場合である。発火パターンAと発火パターンBとが予め決められた条件を満たすほど類似する場合は、例えば、発火パターンBに含まれる1以上のsoma識別子のうちの閾値以上または閾値より多い数のsoma識別子が発火パターンAに含まれる場合である。発火パターンAと発火パターンBとが予め決められた条件を満たすほど類似する場合は、例えば、発火パターンAに含まれる1以上のsoma識別子のうちの閾値以上または閾値より多い割合のsoma識別子が発火パターンBに含まれる場合である。発火パターンAと発火パターンBとが予め決められた条件を満たすほど類似する場合は、例えば、発火パターンBに含まれる1以上のsoma識別子のうちの閾値以上または閾値より多い割合のsoma識別子が発火パターンAに含まれる場合である。 The output sound information corresponding to the firing pattern is usually output sound information that is paired with a firing pattern that is similar to the firing pattern obtained by the firing pattern obtaining unit 616 so as to satisfy a predetermined condition. When the firing pattern A and the firing pattern B are similar so as to satisfy the predetermined condition, for example, soma identifiers whose number is equal to or more than the threshold or more than the threshold among the one or more soma identifiers included in the firing pattern A are fired. This is the case in which the pattern B is included. When the firing pattern A and the firing pattern B are similar so as to satisfy the predetermined condition, for example, soma identifiers whose number is equal to or more than the threshold or more than the threshold among the one or more soma identifiers included in the firing pattern B are fired. In the case of being included in the pattern A. When the firing pattern A and the firing pattern B are similar so as to satisfy the predetermined condition, for example, the one or more soma identifiers included in the firing pattern A have a ratio of at least the threshold or at least a threshold of the soma identifiers. This is the case in which the pattern B is included. When the firing pattern A and the firing pattern B are similar so as to satisfy the predetermined condition, for example, the one or more soma identifiers included in the firing pattern B have a ratio of at least the threshold or at least a threshold of the soma identifiers. In the case of being included in the pattern A.
 合成手段617は、例えば、発火パターン取得手段616が取得した発火パターンと予め決められた条件を満たすほど類似する発火パターンを検出し、当該発火パターンと対になる出力確率情報を用いて、確率的に、出力条件を満たすか否かを判断し、出力条件を満たすと判断した場合に、当該出力条件と対になる出力情報を、出力管理情報格納部56から取得する。そして、合成手段617は、取得した1以上の出力情報から、出力音情報を取得する。なお、出力音情報は、出力情報と同じでも良い。 The combining means 617 detects, for example, a firing pattern similar to the firing pattern obtained by the firing pattern obtaining means 616 so as to satisfy a predetermined condition, and uses output probability information to be paired with the firing pattern to perform probabilistically If it is determined that the output condition is satisfied, output information to be paired with the output condition is acquired from the output management information storage unit 56. Then, the synthesis unit 617 acquires output sound information from the acquired one or more output information. The output sound information may be the same as the output information.
 合成手段617は、発火パターン取得手段616が取得した発火パターンと入力情報受付部21が受け付けた1以上の外部情報とに合致する出力条件を決定し、当該出力条件と対になる出力情報を取得する。合成手段617は、出力管理情報格納部56に格納されている出力条件の中から出力条件を決定し、当該出力条件と対になる出力情報を取得する。 The combining unit 617 determines an output condition that matches the firing pattern acquired by the firing pattern acquisition unit 616 and the one or more external information received by the input information receiving unit 21, and acquires output information that is paired with the output condition. Do. The combining unit 617 determines an output condition from the output conditions stored in the output management information storage unit 56, and acquires output information to be paired with the output condition.
 合成手段617は、例えば、発火パターン取得手段616が取得した発火パターンと予め決められた条件を満たすほど類似する発火パターンを出力管理情報格納部56から検出し、当該発火パターンと対になる1以上の外部情報が、入力情報受付部21が受け付けた1以上の外部情報と予め決められた条件を満たすほど類似すると判断した場合に、出力管理情報格納部56の中の当該発火パターンと当該1以上の外部情報と対になる出力情報を取得する。 The combining unit 617 detects, from the output management information storage unit 56, for example, a firing pattern similar to the firing pattern acquired by the firing pattern acquisition unit 616 as the firing pattern acquired in advance is one or more to be paired with the firing pattern. When it is determined that the external information of the output information is similar to the external information accepted by the input information accepting unit 21 so as to satisfy the predetermined condition, the firing pattern in the output management information storage unit 56 and the one or more relevant Get output information to be paired with external information of.
 また、合成手段617は、例えば、発火パターン取得手段616が取得した発火パターンと予め決められた条件を満たすほど類似する発火パターンを出力管理情報格納部56から検出し、当該発火パターンと対になる1以上の外部情報が、入力情報受付部21が受け付けた1以上の外部情報と予め決められた条件を満たすほど類似すると判断した場合に、当該発火パターンと当該1以上の外部情報と対になる出力確率情報を用いて、確率的に、出力条件を満たすか否かを判断し、出力条件を満たすと判断した場合に、当該出力条件と対になる出力情報を、出力管理情報格納部56から取得する。 Further, the combining unit 617 detects, from the output management information storage unit 56, a firing pattern similar to the firing pattern acquired by the firing pattern acquiring unit 616, for example, so as to satisfy a predetermined condition, and makes a pair with the firing pattern. When it is determined that one or more external information is similar to the one or more external information accepted by the input information accepting unit 21 so as to satisfy a predetermined condition, the firing pattern is paired with the one or more external information Whether or not the output condition is satisfied is determined probabilistically using the output probability information, and when it is determined that the output condition is satisfied, the output information paired with the output condition is output from the output management information storage unit 56 get.
 なお、合成手段617は、常に出力情報を取得できるとは限らない。また、合成手段617は、例えば、第一のキューの1以上の第一部分音情報と、第二のキューの1以上の第二部分音情報とを順次取り出し、合成し、出力音情報を取得しても良い。 Note that the combining unit 617 can not always obtain output information. In addition, the combining unit 617 sequentially extracts and combines, for example, one or more first partial sound information of the first cue and one or more second partial sound information of the second cue, and acquires output sound information. It is good.
 制御手段618は、判断手段614の処理と発火パターン取得手段616の処理と情報伝達手段612の処理とを2回以上繰り返すように制御する。 The control unit 618 controls the processing of the determination unit 614, the processing of the firing pattern acquisition unit 616, and the processing of the information transfer unit 612 to be repeated twice or more.
 学習検知部62は、発火パターン取得手段616が取得した発火パターンが合致する学習条件を検知する。なお、ここで、発火パターン取得手段616が取得した発火パターンの一部のsoma識別子と、学習条件が有する発火パターンを構成するsoma識別子の全部または一部が、予め決められた条件を満たすほど類似する場合、学習検知部62は、当該学習条件に発火パターン取得手段616が取得した発火パターンが合致すると判断する。また、学習条件の検知とは、例えば、学習条件を識別する学習条件識別子の取得、学習条件に合致した旨の情報の取得等である。 The learning detection unit 62 detects a learning condition in which the firing pattern acquired by the firing pattern acquisition unit 616 matches. Here, the partial soma identifier of the firing pattern acquired by the firing pattern acquisition unit 616 is similar to the state that all or part of the soma identifiers constituting the firing pattern included in the learning condition satisfy predetermined conditions. In this case, the learning detection unit 62 determines that the firing pattern acquired by the firing pattern acquisition unit 616 matches the learning condition. Further, detection of a learning condition is, for example, acquisition of a learning condition identifier that identifies the learning condition, acquisition of information indicating that the learning condition is met, and the like.
 学習情報蓄積部63は、学習検知部62が合致する学習条件を検知した場合、学習情報を学習情報格納部58に蓄積する。学習情報は、発火パターン取得手段616が取得した発火パターンの元になる入力情報または当該入力情報から取得される1以上の特徴情報と、発火パターン取得手段616が取得した発火パターンを構成する少なくとも一部のsoma識別子を有する発火パターンとを有する。少なくとも一部のsoma識別子とは、例えば、発火パターン取得手段616が取得した発火パターンをから、学習条件の検知に用いられた1以上のsoma識別子を除く1以上のsoma識別子である。 When the learning detection unit 62 detects a matching learning condition, the learning information storage unit 63 stores the learning information in the learning information storage unit 58. The learning information includes at least one of input information that is the source of the firing pattern acquired by the firing pattern acquisition unit 616 or one or more feature information acquired from the input information, and at least one of the firing patterns acquired by the firing pattern acquisition unit 616 And a firing pattern having a part soma identifier. The at least one soma identifier is, for example, one or more soma identifiers excluding the one or more soma identifiers used to detect the learning condition from the firing pattern acquired by the firing pattern acquiring unit 616.
 成長部64は、soma生成処理、結合情報生成処理、結合情報成長処理、グリア細胞生成処理のうちの1以上の処理を行う。 The growth unit 64 performs one or more of the soma generation process, the connection information generation process, the connection information growth process, and the glial cell generation process.
 soma生成処理とは、soma識別子を有するsoma関連情報を生成する処理である。soma生成処理は、例えば、ユニークなsoma識別子を生成し、分裂元のsomaのsoma関連情報が有するsoma位置情報が示す位置から予め決められた条件を満たす位置のsoma位置情報を生成し、当該soma識別子と当該soma位置情報とを有するsoma関連情報をsoma関連情報格納部51に蓄積する処理である。 The soma generation process is a process of generating soma related information having a soma identifier. The soma generation process generates, for example, a unique soma identifier, and soma position information of a position satisfying a predetermined condition from the position indicated by the soma position information possessed by the soma related information of the division source soma, and the soma concerned This is processing for accumulating soma related information having an identifier and the soma position information in the soma related information storage unit 51.
 なお、soma生成処理は、例えば、分裂元のsomaのsoma関連情報を構成する一部の情報を複写し、当該情報を有する分裂somaのsoma関連情報を生成する処理でも良い。複写される情報は、例えば、発火条件情報である。また、成長部64は、生成するsoma関連情報が有するsoma位置情報を、他の要素の位置と重ならない位置の情報とすることは好適である。また、成長部64は、生成するsoma関連情報が有するsoma位置情報を、分裂元のsomaのsoma位置情報が示す位置と予め決められた条件を満たすほど近い位置の情報とすることは好適である。 The soma generation process may be, for example, a process of copying a part of information constituting soma related information of the soma of the division source and generating soma related information of the divided soma having the information. The information to be copied is, for example, firing condition information. In addition, it is preferable that the growing unit 64 sets the soma position information included in the generated soma related information as information of a position not overlapping the position of another element. In addition, it is preferable that the growing unit 64 sets the soma position information included in the generated soma related information to information of a position close enough to satisfy a predetermined condition with the position indicated by the soma position information of the soma at the division source.
 結合情報生成処理とは、結合情報を生成し、当該結合情報を結合情報格納部53に蓄積する処理である。結合情報生成処理は、例えば、結合する2つのsomaのsoma識別子を取得し、当該2つのsoma識別子を有する結合情報を生成し、結合情報格納部53に蓄積する処理である。また、結合情報生成処理は、例えば、結合するAXONのAXON識別子とDendritesのDendrites識別子とを取得し、当該2つの識別子を有する結合情報を生成し、結合情報格納部53に蓄積する処理である。また、結合情報生成処理は、例えば情報伝達するシナプスのシナプス識別子と情報伝達されるスパインのスパイン識別子とを生成し、当該2つの識別子を有する結合情報を生成し、結合情報格納部53に蓄積する処理である。 The combined information generation process is a process of generating combined information and storing the combined information in the combined information storage unit 53. The combined information generation process is, for example, a process of acquiring soma identifiers of two soma to be combined, generating combined information having the two soma identifiers, and storing the combined information in the combined information storage unit 53. The combined information generation process is, for example, a process of acquiring an AXON identifier of AXON to be combined and a Dendrites identifier of Dendrites, generating combined information having the two identifiers, and storing the combined information in the combined information storage unit 53. In addition, the connection information generation process generates, for example, a synapse identifier of a synapse that transmits information and a spine identifier of a spine to which information is transmitted, generates connection information having the two identifiers, and stores the connection information in the connection information storage unit 53. It is a process.
 結合情報成長処理とは、結合情報を成長させる処理である。結合情報成長処理は、例えば、AXON情報が有するAXON位置情報の位置を、AXONが伸長する方向に変更することである。結合情報成長処理は、例えば、Dendrites情報が有するDendrites位置情報の位置を、Dendritesが伸長する方向に変更することである。 The combined information growth process is a process of growing combined information. The combined information growing process is, for example, changing the position of AXON position information included in AXON information in a direction in which AXON expands. The combined information growing process is, for example, changing the position of Dendrites position information possessed by Dendrites information in the direction in which Dendrites extends.
 成長部64は、判断手段614が発火したと判断した回数または頻度が予め決められた条件を満たすほど多いsomaを分裂させた新たなsomaである分裂somaのsoma関連情報を生成し、soma関連情報格納部51に蓄積するsoma生成処理を行うことは好適である。 The growth part 64 generates soma related information of a divided soma, which is a new soma that has split so many so that the number or frequency of judgment that the judgment means 614 has fired is a predetermined condition, and the soma related information It is preferable to perform soma generation processing to be accumulated in the storage unit 51.
 成長部64は、判断手段614が発火したと判断した回数または頻度が予め決められた条件を満たすほど多いsomaと分裂somaとを結合する結合情報を生成し、結合情報格納部53に蓄積する結合情報生成処理を行うことは好適である。なお、分裂somaは、当該分裂somaの生成の元になったsomaが分裂したsomaである。 The growth unit 64 generates combination information that combines soma and split soma whose number or frequency of determinations that the determination means 614 has fired is a predetermined condition, and stores the combination information in the combination information storage unit 53. It is preferable to perform information generation processing. The divided soma is a soma from which the soma causing the divided soma is divided.
 成長部64は、接続されているグリア細胞情報が予め決められた条件を満たすsomaを分裂させた新たなsomaである分裂somaのsoma関連情報を生成し、soma関連情報格納部51に蓄積するsoma生成処理を行うことは好適である。 The growth part 64 generates soma related information of a divided soma which is a new soma obtained by dividing the soma in which the connected glial cell information satisfies a predetermined condition, and accumulates it in the soma related information storage unit 51. It is preferable to perform the generation process.
 成長部64は、接続されているグリア細胞情報が予め決められた条件を満たすAXONまたはDendritesを成長させる結合情報成長処理を行うことは好適である。 It is preferable that the growth part 64 performs a combined information growth process to grow AXON or Dendrites which satisfies glial cell information connected thereto in a predetermined condition.
 成長部64は、一のsomaのAXONのAXON位置情報と他のsomaのDendritesのDendrites位置情報とが予め決められた条件を満たすほど近い場合に、一のsomaのsoma識別子と他のsomaのsoma識別子とを有する結合情報を生成し、結合情報格納部53に蓄積する結合情報生成処理を行うことは好適である。 When the growth part 64 is close enough that the AXON position information of one soma and the Dendrites position information of the other soda's Dendrites meet the predetermined condition, the soma identifier of one soma and the soma identifier of another soma It is preferable to perform combined information generation processing for generating combined information including the above and storing the combined information in the combined information storage unit 53.
 成長部64は、以下のようなグリア細胞生成処理を行うことは好適である。つまり、例えば、soma、AXON、またはDendritesである要素の保有エネルギー量が、必要エネルギー量に対して、予め決められた条件を満たすほど少なくなった場合、成長部64は、当該要素に接続するグリア細胞情報を生成する。予め決められた条件とは、例えば、「保有エネルギー量<必要エネルギー量」または「保有エネルギー量<=必要エネルギー量」または「保有エネルギー量-必要エネルギー量<=閾値」または「保有エネルギー量-必要エネルギー量<閾値」である。さらに具体的には、成長部64は、例えば、各要素の情報(soma関連情報、AXON情報、またはDendrites情報)が有する保有エネルギー量情報が示す保有エネルギー量が、各要素の情報が有する必要エネルギー量情報が示す必要エネルギー量と比較して、予め決められた条件を満たすほど少ないか否かを判断し、少ないと判断した場合に、当該要素を識別する識別子(soma識別子、AXON識別子、またはDendrites識別子)を有するグリア細胞情報を生成し、グリア細胞情報格納部54に蓄積する。 It is preferable for the growth part 64 to perform the following glial cell generation process. That is, for example, when the amount of energy possessed by an element which is, for example, soma, AXON, or Dentrites decreases to a required energy amount so as to satisfy a predetermined condition, the growing portion 64 connects to the element. Generate cell information. The predetermined condition is, for example, "held energy amount <required energy amount" or "held energy amount <= required energy amount" or "held energy amount-required energy amount <= threshold" or "held energy amount-required Energy amount <threshold. More specifically, for example, the growing unit 64 is a required energy amount possessed by the amount-of-held energy amount information possessed by the information of each element (soma related information, AXON information, or Dendrites information). An identifier (soma identifier, AXON identifier, or Dendrites) for identifying the element if it is determined that the amount of energy required is smaller than the amount of required energy indicated by the amount information, and it is determined that the amount is smaller. Glial cell information having the identifier) is stored in the glial cell information storage unit 54.
 アポトーシス処理部65は、soma関連情報をsoma関連情報格納部51から削除する場合がある。soma関連情報を削除した場合、アポトーシス処理部65は、当該soma関連情報に対応するsomaに関する情報、当該soma関連情報に対応するsomaに接続されているAXONに関する情報、当該soma関連情報に対応するsomaに接続されているDendritesに関する情報を削除することは好適である。つまり、アポトーシス処理部65は、削除したsoma関連情報が有するsoma識別子を有する結合情報、削除したsoma関連情報が有するAXON識別子を有する結合情報、削除したsoma関連情報が有するDendrites識別子を有する結合情報を、結合情報格納部53から削除することは好適である。また、soma関連情報をsoma関連情報格納部51から削除する場合、アポトーシス処理部65は、当該soma関連情報に対応するsomaに接続されているAXONおよびDendritesへの結合情報を削除しても良い。 The apoptosis processing unit 65 may delete soma related information from the soma related information storage unit 51. When the soma related information is deleted, the apoptosis processing unit 65 performs the soma related information corresponding to the soma related information, the information related to AXON connected to the soma corresponding to the soma related information, and the soma corresponding to the soma related information It is preferable to delete the information about Dendrites connected to. That is, the apoptosis processing unit 65 combines the binding information having the soma identifier included in the deleted soma related information, the binding information including the AXON identifier included in the deleted soma related information, and the binding information including the Dentrites identifier included in the deleted soma related information. The deletion from the combined information storage unit 53 is preferable. When deleting soma related information from the soma related information storage unit 51, the apoptosis processing unit 65 may delete the binding information to AXON and Dendrites connected to the soma corresponding to the soma related information.
 また、アポトーシス処理部65は、AXON情報を削除する場合がある。また、アポトーシス処理部65は、Dendrites情報を削除する場合がある。somaがアポトーシスせず、AXONまたはDendritesのみがアポトーシスする場合、アポトーシス処理部65は、例えば、当該アポトーシスするAXONのAXON情報または当該アポトーシスするDendritesのDendrites情報を、soma関連情報から削除する。そして、かかる場合、アポトーシス処理部65は、例えば、当該アポトーシスするAXONのAXON識別子を有する結合情報、当該アポトーシスするDendritesのDendrites識別子を有する結合情報を結合情報格納部53から削除することは好適である。 In addition, the apoptosis processing unit 65 may delete AXON information. In addition, the apoptosis processing unit 65 may delete Dendrites information. When soma is not apoptotic and only AXON or Dendrites are apoptotic, for example, the apoptosis processing unit 65 deletes the AXON information of the apoptotic AXON or the Dendrites information of the apoptotic Dendrites from the soma related information. In such a case, it is preferable that the apoptosis processing unit 65 delete, for example, the binding information having the AXON identifier of the apoptotic AXON and the binding information having the dentrites identifier of the apoptotic Dendrites from the binding information storage unit 53. .
 また、アポトーシス処理部65は、削除したsomaに接続されているグリア細胞の、当該somaとの接続に関する情報をグリア細胞情報格納部54から削除することは好適である。つまり、例えば、アポトーシス処理部65は、削除したsomaのsoma識別子を含むグリア細胞情報から、当該soma識別子を削除する。また、AXONまたはDendritesがアポトーシスしたり、AXONまたはDendritesが接続されているsomaがアポトーシスしたりする場合、アポトーシス処理部65は、当該AXONのAXON識別子または当該DendritesのDendrites識別子を含むグリア細胞情報から、当該AXON識別子またはDendrites識別子を削除する。つまり、somaまたはAXONまたはDendritesの情報が削除される場合、アポトーシス処理部65は、グリア細胞情報から、somaまたはAXONまたはDendritesへの接続の情報は、削除することは好適である。 In addition, it is preferable that the apoptosis processing unit 65 delete, from the glial cell information storage unit 54, information on connection of the glial cells connected to the deleted soma with the soma. That is, for example, the apoptosis processing unit 65 deletes the soma identifier from glial cell information including the soma identifier of the deleted soma. In addition, when AXON or Dendrites is apoptotic, or soma to which AXON or Dendrites is connected is apoptotic, the apoptosis processing unit 65 determines glial cell information including the AXON identifier of the AXON or the Dendrites identifier of the Dendrites. Delete the AXON identifier or Dendrites identifier. That is, when the information of soma or AXON or Dendrites is deleted, it is preferable that the apoptosis processing unit 65 delete the information of connection to soma or AXON or Dendrites from glial cell information.
 アポトーシス処理部65は、予め決められた条件に従って、soma関連情報をsoma関連情報格納部51から削除することは好適である。 It is preferable that the apoptosis processing unit 65 delete the soma related information from the soma related information storage unit 51 in accordance with predetermined conditions.
 アポトーシス処理部65は、予め決められた条件を満たすほど、soma関連情報格納部51に格納されているsoma関連情報が多い場合、soma関連情報をsoma関連情報格納部51から削除することは好適である。 It is preferable that the apoptosis processing unit 65 delete the soma related information from the soma related information storage unit 51 when the soma related information stored in the soma related information storage unit 51 is large as the predetermined condition is satisfied. is there.
 アポトーシス処理部65は、他のsomaまたはDendritesまたはAXONと接続されていないsomaを決定し、当該決定したsomaのsoma識別子を有するsoma関連情報をsoma関連情報格納部51から削除することは好適である。アポトーシス処理部65は、例えば、結合情報格納部53を検査し、soma識別子が出現する回数が閾値以下または閾値未満のsoma識別子を取得し、当該soma識別子を含むsoma関連情報をsoma関連情報格納部51から削除する。また、アポトーシス処理部65は、例えば、soma関連情報格納部51を検査し、閾値以下または閾値未満のDendrites情報、または閾値以下または閾値未満のAXON情報のみを有するsoma関連情報をsoma関連情報格納部51から削除する。 It is preferable that the apoptosis processing unit 65 determine a soma not connected to another soma or Dendrites or AXON, and delete the soma related information having the determined soma soma identifier from the soma related information storage unit 51. . The apoptosis processing unit 65 examines, for example, the binding information storage unit 53, acquires a soma identifier whose number of occurrences of the soma identifier is less than or equal to the threshold value, and the soma related information storage unit includes the soma related information including the soma identifier. Remove from 51 In addition, the apoptosis processing unit 65 examines the soma related information storage unit 51, for example, soma related information storage unit having soma related information having only Dendrites information below the threshold or below the threshold, or AXON information below the threshold or below the threshold. Remove from 51
 アポトーシス処理部65は、接続されているAXONが予め決められたゴールに到達していないsomaを決定し、当該決定したsomaのsoma識別子を有するsoma関連情報をsoma関連情報格納部51から削除することは好適である。アポトーシス処理部65は、例えば、soma関連情報格納部51を検査し、soma関連情報が有するAXON位置情報とゴール情報とを比較し、AXONが予め決められたゴールに到達していないsomaを決定し、当該決定したsomaのsoma識別子を有するsoma関連情報をsoma関連情報格納部51から削除する。 The apoptosis processing unit 65 determines the soma in which the connected AXON has not reached the predetermined goal, and deletes the soma related information having the determined soma soma identifier from the soma related information storage unit 51. Is preferred. For example, the apoptosis processing unit 65 examines the soma related information storage unit 51, compares the AXON position information contained in the soma related information with the goal information, and determines a soma in which AXON has not reached the predetermined goal. The soma related information having the determined soma soma identifier is deleted from the soma related information storage unit 51.
 アポトーシス処理部65は、発火情報格納部59の1以上の発火情報を用いて、予め決められた条件を満たすほど発火した回数が少ないsoma識別子を決定し、当該soma識別子を有するsoma関連情報をsoma関連情報格納部51から削除することは好適である。アポトーシス処理部65は、例えば、出現回数が閾値以下または閾値未満のsoma識別子を決定し、当該、当該soma識別子を有するsoma関連情報をsoma関連情報格納部51から削除する。 The apoptosis processing unit 65 uses the one or more firing information of the firing information storage unit 59 to determine a soma identifier whose number of times of firing is so small as to satisfy a predetermined condition, and soma related information having the soma identifier is soma. It is preferable to delete from the related information storage unit 51. The apoptosis processing unit 65 determines, for example, a soma identifier whose appearance frequency is less than or equal to the threshold value, and deletes the soma related information having the soma identifier from the soma related information storage unit 51.
 アポトーシス処理部65は、予め決められた条件に従って、AXONに関する情報またはDendritesに関する情報を削除する。AXONに関する情報とは、例えば、AXON情報またはAXON識別子を含む結合情報、グリア細胞情報の中のAXON識別子である。Dendritesに関する情報とは、例えば、Dendrites情報またはDendrites識別子を含む結合情報、グリア細胞情報の中のDendrites識別子である。 The apoptosis processing unit 65 deletes information related to AXON or information related to Dentrites in accordance with predetermined conditions. The information related to AXON is, for example, AXON information, binding information including an AXON identifier, or an AXON identifier in glial cell information. The information regarding Dendrites is, for example, Dendrites information or binding information including Dendrites identifier, Dendrites identifier in glial cell information.
 例えば、アポトーシス処理部65がミッチミチになったと判断し、かつどこにも接続していないAXONまたはDendritesが存在すると判断した場合、当該AXONに関する情報または当該Dendritesに関する情報を削除する。なお、ミッチミチになることは、soma関連情報、AXON情報、Dendrites情報、グリア細胞情報のうちの1種類以上の情報の数が予め決められた条件を満たすほど多句存在することである。つまり、映像処理装置B(脳を模倣した装置)の空間内に、要素が条件を満たすほど多く、空間の空き領域が閾値以下または閾値より少ないという状態である。なお、要素とは、soma、AXON、Dendrites、グリア細胞、シナプス、スパインである。 For example, when it is determined that the apoptosis processing unit 65 has become a mitch and it is determined that there is AXON or Dendrites not connected anywhere, the information on the AXON or the information on the Dendrites is deleted. In addition, becoming mitch Michi is that there are multiple phrases so that the number of one or more types of information among soma related information, AXON information, Dendrites information, and glial cell information satisfy a predetermined condition. That is, in the space of the image processing device B (a device imitating a brain), the more the elements satisfy the condition, the free space in the space is less than or less than the threshold. The elements are soma, AXON, Dendrites, glial cells, synapses and spines.
 発火情報蓄積部66は、判断手段614が発火すると判断したsomaを識別するsoma識別子を有する発火情報を構成し、当該発火情報を発火情報格納部59に蓄積する。発火情報蓄積部66は、例えば、判断手段614が発火すると判断したsomaを識別するsoma識別子を取得し、かつ図示しないタイマーから現在の時を示すタイマー情報を取得し、当該soma識別子と当該タイマー情報とを有する発火情報を構成し、当該発火情報を発火情報格納部59に蓄積する。 The firing information storage unit 66 constructs firing information having a soma identifier that identifies the soma determined by the determination means 614 to fire, and stores the firing information in the firing information storage unit 59. The firing information storage unit 66 acquires, for example, a soma identifier identifying the soma determined by the determining unit 614 to fire, and acquires timer information indicating the current time from a timer not shown, and the soma identifier and the timer information And stores the firing information in the firing information storage unit 59.
 格納部5、soma関連情報格納部51、soma群情報格納部52、結合情報格納部53、グリア細胞情報格納部54、発火始点情報格納部55、出力管理情報格納部56、学習条件格納部57、学習情報格納部58、発火情報格納部59、および利用結合情報格納部60は、不揮発性の記録媒体が好適であるが、揮発性の記録媒体でも実現可能である。 Storage unit 5, soma related information storage unit 51, soma group information storage unit 52, combined information storage unit 53, glial cell information storage unit 54, firing start point information storage unit 55, output management information storage unit 56, learning condition storage unit 57 The learning information storage unit 58, the firing information storage unit 59, and the combined use information storage unit 60 are preferably non-volatile storage media, but can be realized as volatile storage media.
 格納部5等に情報が記憶される過程は問わない。例えば、記録媒体を介して情報が格納部5等で記憶されるようになってもよく、通信回線等を介して送信された情報が格納部5等で記憶されるようになってもよく、あるいは、入力デバイスを介して入力された情報が格納部5等で記憶されるようになってもよい。 There is no limitation on the process of storing information in the storage unit 5 or the like. For example, the information may be stored in the storage unit 5 or the like through the recording medium, or the information transmitted through the communication line may be stored in the storage unit 5 or the like. Alternatively, the information input via the input device may be stored in the storage unit 5 or the like.
 処理部6、変更部61、学習検知部62、学習情報蓄積部63、成長部64、アポトーシス処理部65、発火情報蓄積部66、特徴情報取得手段611、情報伝達手段612、soma演算手段613、判断手段614、発火確率変更手段615、発火パターン取得手段616、合成手段617、および制御手段618は、通常、MPUやメモリ等から実現され得る。処理部6等の処理手順は、通常、ソフトウェアで実現され、当該ソフトウェアはROM等の記録媒体に記録されている。但し、ハードウェア(専用回路)で実現しても良い。 Processing unit 6, change unit 61, learning detection unit 62, learning information storage unit 63, growth unit 64, apoptosis processing unit 65, firing information storage unit 66, feature information acquisition unit 611, information transmission unit 612, soma calculation unit 613, The judging unit 614, the firing probability changing unit 615, the firing pattern acquiring unit 616, the combining unit 617, and the control unit 618 can be usually realized by an MPU, a memory or the like. The processing procedure of the processing unit 6 or the like is usually realized by software, and the software is stored in a storage medium such as a ROM. However, it may be realized by hardware (a dedicated circuit).
 次に、音情報処理装置Bの動作について、図6のフローチャートを用いて説明する。 Next, the operation of the sound information processing apparatus B will be described using the flowchart of FIG.
 (ステップS601)入力情報受付部21は、外部情報を受け付け、格納部5に一時蓄積する。なお、ここで、入力情報受付部21は、外部情報を受け付けない場合もあり得る。 (Step S601) The input information accepting unit 21 accepts external information and temporarily accumulates it in the storage unit 5. Here, the input information accepting unit 21 may not accept external information.
 (ステップS602)入力情報受付部21は、入力情報を受け付けたか否かを判断する。入力情報を受け付けた場合はステップS603に行き、入力情報を受け付けない場合はステップS604に行く。なお、ここでの入力情報は、例えば、音情報である。 (Step S602) The input information receiving unit 21 determines whether input information has been received. If the input information is received, the process goes to step S603, and if the input information is not received, the process goes to step S604. The input information here is, for example, sound information.
 (ステップS603)音情報処理装置Bは、発火伝達処理を行う。ステップS601に戻る。発火伝達処理とは、somaの間を情報が伝達される処理である。発火伝達処理の例の詳細について、図7のフローチャートを用いて説明する。 (Step S603) The sound information processing apparatus B performs an ignition transmission process. It returns to step S601. The firing transmission process is a process in which information is transmitted between soma. Details of the example of the ignition transmission process will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
 (ステップS604)処理部6は、発火パターン処理を行うか否かを判断する。発火パターン処理を行う場合はステップS605に行き、発火パターン処理を行わない場合はステップS606に行く。なお、処理部6は、常に発火パターン処理を行うと判断しても良いし、一定期間の間隔で発火パターン処理を行うと判断しても良い。 (Step S604) The processing unit 6 determines whether or not firing pattern processing is to be performed. If the firing pattern process is to be performed, the process proceeds to step S605, and if the firing pattern process is not to be performed, the process proceeds to step S606. The processing unit 6 may determine that the firing pattern process is always performed, or may determine that the firing pattern process is performed at an interval of a fixed period.
 (ステップS605)音情報処理装置Bは、発火パターン処理を行う。ステップS601に戻る。発火パターン処理は、発火パターンを用いて行う処理であり、例えば、発火パターンを用いて出力情報を決定し、出力情報を出力する処理、および学習処理を含む。発火パターン処理の例の詳細について、図9のフローチャートを用いて説明する。 (Step S605) The sound information processing apparatus B performs firing pattern processing. It returns to step S601. The firing pattern process is a process performed using a firing pattern, and includes, for example, a process of determining output information using a firing pattern and outputting the output information, and a learning process. Details of the example of the firing pattern process will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
 (ステップS606)処理部6は、成長処理とアポトーシス処理を行うか否かを判断する。成長処理等を行う場合はステップS607に行き、成長処理等を行わない場合はステップS601に戻る。なお、処理部6は、常に成長処理等を行うと判断しても良いし、一定期間の間隔で成長処理等を行うと判断しても良い。成長処理等を行うか否かを判断の条件は問わない。また、成長処理とアポトーシス処理とをセットで行っても良いし、個別に、行うか否かを判断しても良い。 (Step S606) The processing unit 6 determines whether to perform the growth process and the apoptosis process. When the growth process or the like is performed, the process proceeds to step S607, and when the growth process or the like is not performed, the process returns to step S601. Note that the processing unit 6 may determine to always perform the growth process or the like, or may determine to perform the growth process or the like at regular intervals. There is no limitation on the conditions for the determination as to whether or not the growth process is to be performed. In addition, the growth treatment and the apoptosis treatment may be performed as a set, or it may be individually determined whether or not to perform.
 (ステップS607)成長部41は、soma成長処理を行う。soma成長処理の例について、図10のフローチャートを用いて説明する。 (Step S607) The growth unit 41 performs soma growth processing. An example of soma growth processing will be described using the flowchart of FIG.
 (ステップS608)成長部41は、AXON成長処理を行う。AXON成長処理の例について、図11のフローチャートを用いて説明する。 (Step S608) The growth unit 41 performs AXON growth processing. An example of AXON growth processing will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
 (ステップS609)成長部41は、Dendrites成長処理を行う。Dendrites成長処理の例について、図12のフローチャートを用いて説明する。 (Step S609) The growth unit 41 performs Dendrites growth processing. An example of Dendrites growth processing will be described using the flowchart of FIG.
 (ステップS610)成長部41は、soma結合処理を行う。soma結合処理の例について、図13のフローチャートを用いて説明する。 (Step S610) The growth unit 41 performs soma combining processing. An example of the soma combining process will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
 (ステップS611)成長部41は、グリア細胞成長処理を行う。グリア細胞成長処理の例について、図14のフローチャートを用いて説明する。 (Step S611) The growth unit 41 performs glial cell growth processing. An example of glial cell growth processing will be described using the flowchart of FIG.
 (ステップS612)アポトーシス処理部42は、アポトーシス処理を行う。ステップS601に戻る。アポトーシス処理の例について、図15のフローチャートを用いて説明する。 (Step S612) The apoptosis processing unit 42 performs the apoptosis processing. It returns to step S601. An example of the apoptosis treatment will be described using the flowchart of FIG.
 なお、図6のフローチャートにおいて、発火伝達処理、発火パターン処理、成長処理、アポトーシス処理等は並列処理されることは好適である。また、各somaの発火伝達処理も並列処理されることは好適である。 In the flowchart of FIG. 6, it is preferable that the firing transmission process, the firing pattern process, the growth process, the apoptosis process, etc. be processed in parallel. In addition, it is preferable that the firing transfer process of each soma is also processed in parallel.
 また、図6のフローチャートにおいて、電源オフや処理終了の割り込みにより処理は終了する。 Further, in the flowchart of FIG. 6, the processing is ended by the interruption of the power off or the processing end.
 次に、ステップS603の発火伝達処理の例の詳細について、図7のフローチャートを用いて説明する。 Next, details of the example of the ignition transmission process of step S603 will be described using the flowchart of FIG.
 (ステップS701)特徴情報取得手段611は、1以上の特徴情報を取得する。なお、ここでの1以上の特徴情報は、例えば、音情報の特徴量である。特徴情報取得手段611が1以上の特徴情報を取得する方法は、例えば、以下の(1)から(3)の方法のいずれかである。(1)特徴情報取得手段611は、ステップS602で受け付けられた入力情報を分析し、1以上の特徴情報を取得する。ここで、1以上の特徴情報は、例えば、情報識別子と情報量との組、1組以上である。(2)情報伝達手段612は、発火すると判断されたsomaのsoma関連情報に適用された1以上の特徴情報を取得する。ここで、1以上の特徴情報は、例えば、一の情報量である。(3)情報伝達手段612は、発火すると判断されたsomaのsoma関連情報に適用された1以上の特徴情報から、1以上の特徴情報を取得する。なお、(3)において、情報伝達手段612は、発火すると判断されたsomaが受け付けた1以上の各特徴情報を予め決められた演算式で演算し、1以上の特徴情報を取得する。かかる演算の例は、例えば、加算である。 (Step S701) The feature information acquisition unit 611 acquires one or more feature information. The one or more pieces of feature information here are, for example, feature amounts of sound information. The method for the feature information acquisition unit 611 to acquire one or more pieces of feature information is, for example, any of the following methods (1) to (3). (1) The feature information acquisition unit 611 analyzes the input information received in step S602, and acquires one or more feature information. Here, the one or more pieces of feature information are, for example, one or more pairs of an information identifier and an information amount. (2) The information transfer means 612 acquires one or more pieces of feature information applied to the soma related information of the soma determined to be ignited. Here, the one or more pieces of feature information are, for example, one information amount. (3) The information transfer means 612 acquires one or more pieces of feature information from one or more pieces of feature information applied to the soma related information of the soma determined to be ignited. In (3), the information transfer means 612 calculates one or more pieces of feature information received by the soma determined to be fired according to a predetermined arithmetic expression to obtain one or more pieces of feature information. An example of such an operation is, for example, addition.
 (ステップS702)情報伝達手段612は、ステップS701で取得された1以上の特徴情報を渡す1以上のsomaを決定する。かかるsomaの決定方法は、例えば、以下の(1)から(3)のいずれかである。(1)情報伝達手段612は、soma関連情報格納部51のsoma関連情報のうちの、予め決められた1以上のsomaのsoma識別子を取得する。かかる予め決められた1以上のsomaのsoma識別子は、例えば、格納部5に格納されており、情報伝達手段612は、かかる1以上のsoma識別子を格納部5から取得する。かかる1以上のsoma識別子は、外部から受け付けた入力情報から取得された1以上の特徴情報を最初に受け付けるsomaのsoma識別子である。(2)情報伝達手段612は、特徴情報取得手段611が取得した特徴情報が有する情報識別子と対になる1以上のsoma識別子を発火始点情報格納部55から取得する。(3)情報伝達手段612は、結合情報格納部53を参照し、処理対象のsomaの先に結合されている1以上のsomaのsoma識別子を取得する。つまり、情報伝達手段612は、例えば、以下の(a)~(c)のいずれかの処理により、(3)の処理を実現する。(a)情報伝達手段612は、例えば、処理対象のsomaのsoma関連情報が有する1以上の各AXON識別子と対になるDendrites識別子を結合情報格納部53から取得する。そして、情報伝達手段612は、例えば、取得した1以上の各Dendrites識別子を有するsoma関連情報に含まれる1以上のsoma識別子をsoma関連情報格納部51から取得する。(b)情報伝達手段612は、例えば、処理対象のsomaのsoma関連情報が有するsoma識別子と対になる1以上のsoma識別子を結合情報格納部53から取得する。(c)情報伝達手段612は、例えば、処理対象のsomaのsoma関連情報が有する1以上の各シナプス識別子と対になるスパイン識別子を結合情報格納部53から取得する。そして、情報伝達手段612は、例えば、取得した1以上の各スパイン識別子を有するsoma関連情報に含まれる1以上のsoma識別子をsoma関連情報格納部51から取得する。 (Step S702) The information transfer means 612 determines one or more soma to which the one or more feature information acquired in step S701 is to be delivered. The determination method of such soma is, for example, any of the following (1) to (3). (1) The information transfer means 612 acquires one or more predetermined soma soma identifiers of the soma related information of the soma related information storage unit 51. The predetermined one or more soma soma identifiers are stored, for example, in the storage unit 5, and the information transfer unit 612 acquires the one or more soma identifiers from the storage unit 5. The one or more soma identifiers are soma's soma identifiers that first receive one or more pieces of feature information acquired from input information received from the outside. (2) The information transfer unit 612 acquires, from the firing start point information storage unit 55, one or more soma identifiers paired with the information identifier of the feature information acquired by the feature information acquisition unit 611. (3) The information transfer unit 612 refers to the combined information storage unit 53, and acquires one or more soma identifiers of one or more soma that are coupled to the end of the soma to be processed. That is, the information transfer means 612 realizes the processing of (3), for example, by the processing of any of the following (a) to (c). (A) The information transfer means 612 acquires, for example, from the combined information storage unit 53, Dendrites identifiers that are paired with one or more AXON identifiers included in soma related information of the soma to be processed. Then, the information transfer means 612 acquires, from the soma related information storage unit 51, one or more soma identifiers included in the soma related information having the acquired one or more Dendrites identifiers, for example. (B) The information transfer means 612 acquires, for example, one or more soma identifiers paired with the soma identifier included in the soma related information of the soma to be processed from the combined information storage unit 53. (C) The information transfer means 612 acquires, for example, from the combined information storage unit 53, a spine identifier paired with one or more synapse identifiers included in the soma related information of the soma to be processed. Then, the information transfer unit 612 acquires, for example, one or more soma identifiers included in the soma related information having the acquired one or more spine identifiers from the soma related information storage unit 51.
 (ステップS703)処理部6は、カウンタiに1を代入する。 (Step S703) The processing unit 6 substitutes 1 into the counter i.
 (ステップS704)処理部6は、ステップS702で決定された1以上のsomaの中に、i番目のsomaが存在するか否かを判断する。i番目のsomaが存在する場合はステップS705に行き、i番目のsomaが存在しない場合は上位処理にリターンする。i番目のsomaが存在するか否かについて、処理部6は、通常、ステップS702で取得されたsoma識別子のうちの、i番目のsoma識別子が存在するか否かにより判断する。 (Step S704) The processing unit 6 determines whether or not the i-th soma exists in the one or more soma determined in step S702. If the i-th soma exists, the process goes to step S 705. If the i-th soma does not exist, the process returns to the upper-level processing. The processing unit 6 normally determines whether or not the i-th soma identifier of the soma identifiers obtained in step S702 exists, as to whether or not the i-th soma exists.
 (ステップS705)判断手段614は、発火判断処理を行う。発火判断処理の詳細について、図8のフローチャートを用いて説明する。 (Step S 705) The determination unit 614 performs a firing determination process. The details of the firing determination process will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
 (ステップS706)処理部6は、ステップS705における判断結果が「発火する」との判断結果である場合はステップS707に行き、「発火しない」との判断結果である場合はステップS711に行く。 (Step S706) The processing unit 6 goes to step S707 if the judgment result in step S705 is “jump”, and goes to step S711 if the judgment result is “not fire”.
 (ステップS707)発火情報蓄積部66は、判断手段614が発火すると判断したsomaを識別するsoma識別子を有する発火情報を構成する。そして、発火情報蓄積部66は、当該発火情報を発火情報格納部59に蓄積する。なお、ここで、発火情報蓄積部66は、図示しないタイマーからタイマー情報を取得し、soma識別子とタイマー情報とを有する発火情報を構成し、発火情報格納部59に蓄積することは好適である。 (Step S 707) The firing information storage unit 66 constructs firing information having a soma identifier identifying the soma determined by the determination means 614 to fire. Then, the firing information storage unit 66 stores the firing information in the firing information storage unit 59. Here, it is preferable that the firing information storage unit 66 acquire timer information from a timer (not shown), configure firing information having a soma identifier and timer information, and store the information in the firing information storage unit 59.
 (ステップS708)発火確率変更手段615は、判断手段614が発火すると判断したsomaのsoma識別子と対になる発火確率情報を、発火する確率が上がるように変更する。なお、変更される発火確率情報は、soma関連情報格納部51に格納されている情報である。 (Step S 708) The firing probability changing unit 615 changes the firing probability information paired with the soma identifier of the soma determined by the determining unit 614 to fire so that the probability of firing increases. The firing probability information to be changed is the information stored in the soma related information storage unit 51.
 (ステップS709)処理部6は、i番目のsomaの先のsoma、またはi番目のsomaの先のsoma群への、特徴情報の伝達を終了するか否かを判断する。伝達を終了する場合はステップS711に行き、伝達を終了しない場合はステップS710に行く。なお、処理部6は、例えば、結合情報格納部53を参照し、i番目のsomaの先のsomaが存在するか否かを判断する。なお、i番目のsomaの先のsomaが存在しない場合、特徴情報の伝達を終了する。また、i番目のsomaに接続されているAXONの先のDendritesが存在しない場合は、somaからAXONに情報を伝達する動きは行われるが、AXONから先へは情報の受け手が存在しないため、情報の伝達は停止する。処理部6は、かかる場合も特徴情報の伝達を終了すると判断する。 (Step S709) The processing unit 6 determines whether or not the transmission of the feature information to the soma ahead of the i-th soma or the soma group beyond the i-th soma is ended. When the transmission is finished, the process goes to step S711, and when the transmission is not finished, the process goes to step S710. The processing unit 6 refers to, for example, the combined information storage unit 53, and determines whether there is a soma ahead of the ith soma. When there is no previous soma of the i-th soma, the transmission of feature information is ended. In addition, if there is no AXON's destination Dendrites connected to the i-th soma, an action to transmit information from soma to AXON will be performed, but since there is no receiver of information from AXON onwards, Transmission stops. Also in this case, the processing unit 6 determines to end the transmission of the feature information.
 (ステップS710)処理部6は、i番目のsomaの先のsoma、またはi番目のsomaの先のsoma群への発火伝達処理を実行する。かかる処理は、発火伝達処理である。つまり、発火伝達処理は、再帰処理である。 (Step S710) The processing unit 6 executes an ignition transmission process to the soma ahead of the i-th soma or the soma group beyond the i-th soma. Such processing is ignition transmission processing. That is, the ignition transmission process is a recursive process.
 (ステップS711)処理部6は、カウンタiを1、インクリメントする。ステップS704に戻る。 (Step S711) The processing unit 6 increments the counter i by one. It returns to step S704.
 次に、ステップS705の発火判断処理の詳細について、図8のフローチャートを用いて説明する。 Next, the details of the firing determination process of step S705 will be described using the flowchart of FIG.
 (ステップS801)判断手段614は、処理対象のsomaのsoma関連情報が有する発火条件情報をsoma関連情報格納部51から取得する。 (Step S801) The determination unit 614 acquires, from the soma related information storage unit 51, the firing condition information included in the soma related information of the soma to be processed.
 (ステップS802)判断手段614は、ステップS301で外部情報を受け付けているか否かを判断する。外部情報を受け付けている場合はステップS803に行き、外部情報を受け付けていない場合はステップS804に行く。 (Step S802) The determination unit 614 determines whether external information is received in step S301. If the external information is received, the process goes to step S 803. If the external information is not received, the process goes to step S 804.
 (ステップS803)判断手段614は、ステップS302で受け付けている外部情報、または当該外部情報から取得した1以上の特徴情報を取得する。なお、外部情報から1以上の特徴情報を取得する処理は、特徴情報取得手段611が行っても良いし、判断手段614等が行っても良い。 (Step S803) The determination unit 614 acquires the external information accepted in step S302 or one or more pieces of feature information acquired from the external information. Note that the process of acquiring one or more pieces of feature information from the external information may be performed by the feature information acquisition unit 611 or may be performed by the determination unit 614 or the like.
 (ステップS804)判断手段614は、1以上の特徴情報等を、ステップS801で取得した発火条件情報に適用し、発火するか否かを判断する。1以上の特徴情報等とは、1以上の特徴情報、または1以上の特徴情報と外部情報である。 (Step S804) The determination unit 614 applies one or more pieces of feature information and the like to the firing condition information acquired in step S801, and determines whether or not to fire. The one or more feature information and the like are one or more feature information, or one or more feature information and external information.
 (ステップS805)判断手段614は、ステップS804における判断結果を変数「リターン値」に代入する。上位処理にリターンする。 (Step S805) The determination unit 614 substitutes the determination result in step S804 into a variable “return value”. Return to upper level processing.
 なお、図8のフローチャートにおいて、外部情報を使用しなくても良いことは言うまでもない。 Needless to say, it is not necessary to use external information in the flowchart of FIG.
 次に、ステップS605の発火パターン処理の例の詳細について、図9のフローチャートを用いて説明する。 Next, the details of the example of the firing pattern process of step S605 will be described using the flowchart of FIG.
 (ステップS901)発火パターン取得手段616は、発火情報格納部59を参照し、1以上のsoma識別子を有する発火パターンを取得する。また、発火パターン取得手段616は、入力情報または入力情報から取得された1以上の特徴情報に対応する発火パターンをも、学習情報格納部58から取得することは好適である。つまり、入力情報等に対応付けて学習されている発火パターンをも、以下の処理に利用することは好適である。 (Step S901) The firing pattern acquisition unit 616 refers to the firing information storage unit 59 and obtains a firing pattern having one or more soma identifiers. In addition, it is preferable that the firing pattern acquisition unit 616 also acquires, from the learning information storage unit 58, a firing pattern corresponding to the input information or one or more pieces of feature information acquired from the input information. That is, it is preferable to use the firing pattern learned in association with the input information etc. in the following processing.
 (ステップS902)出力情報取得手段617は、ステップS301で外部情報を受け付けているか否かを判断する。外部情報を受け付けている場合はステップS903に行き、外部情報を受け付けていない場合はステップS904に行く。 (Step S902) The output information acquisition unit 617 determines whether external information is received in step S301. If the external information is received, the process goes to step S 903. If the external information is not received, the process goes to step S 904.
 (ステップS903)出力情報取得手段617は、ステップS301で受け付けている外部情報、または当該外部情報から取得した1以上の特徴情報を取得する。なお、外部情報から1以上の特徴情報を取得する処理は、特徴情報取得手段611が行っても良いし、出力情報取得手段617等が行っても良い。なお、ステップS301で受け付けている外部情報とは、通常、格納部5に格納されている外部情報である。 (Step S903) The output information acquisition unit 617 acquires the external information accepted in step S301 or one or more feature information acquired from the external information. The process of acquiring one or more pieces of feature information from the external information may be performed by the feature information acquisition unit 611 or may be performed by the output information acquisition unit 617 or the like. The external information accepted in step S301 is usually external information stored in the storage unit 5.
 (ステップS904)出力情報取得手段617は、カウンタiに1を代入する。 (Step S904) The output information acquisition unit 617 substitutes 1 into the counter i.
 (ステップS905)出力情報取得手段617は、出力管理情報格納部56にi番目の出力管理情報が存在するか否かを判断する。i番目の出力管理情報が存在する場合はステップS906に行き、i番目の出力管理情報が存在しない場合はステップS911に行く。 (Step S 905) The output information acquisition unit 617 determines whether the i-th output management information exists in the output management information storage unit 56. If the i-th output management information exists, the process goes to step S906, and if the i-th output management information does not exist, the process goes to step S911.
 (ステップS906)出力情報取得手段617は、i番目の出力管理情報が有する出力条件を、出力管理情報格納部56から取得する。 (Step S 906) The output information acquisition unit 617 acquires the output condition of the i-th output management information from the output management information storage unit 56.
 (ステップS907)出力情報取得手段617は、ステップS901で取得された発火パターン、またはステップS901で取得された発火パターンとステップS903で取得した情報が、ステップS906で取得した出力条件に合致するか否かを判断する。出力条件に合致する場合はステップS908に行き、出力条件に合致しない場合はステップS910に行く。 (Step S 907) The output information acquisition unit 617 determines whether the firing pattern acquired in step S 901 or the ignition pattern acquired in step S 901 and the information acquired in step S 903 match the output condition acquired in step S 906. To judge. If the output condition is met, the process goes to step S 908. If the output condition is not met, the process goes to step S 910.
 (ステップS908)出力情報取得手段617は、i番目の出力管理情報が有する出力情報を取得する。 (Step S908) The output information acquisition unit 617 acquires the output information included in the i-th output management information.
 (ステップS909)出力部4は、ステップS908で取得された出力情報を出力する。なお、ここでの出力は、出力情報をバッファに一時蓄積することでも良い。かかる場合、出力部4は、2以上の出力情報から構成された出力音情報を出力しても良い。かかる出力音情報は、例えば、2以上の出力情報を合成した(足し合わせた)出力音情報である。 (Step S909) The output unit 4 outputs the output information acquired in step S908. The output here may be temporary accumulation of output information in a buffer. In such a case, the output unit 4 may output output sound information composed of two or more pieces of output information. The output sound information is, for example, output sound information obtained by combining (adding) two or more pieces of output information.
 (ステップS910)出力情報取得手段617は、カウンタiを1、インクリメントする。ステップS905に戻る。 (Step S 910) The output information acquisition unit 617 increments the counter i by one. It returns to step S905.
 (ステップS911)学習情報蓄積部63は、入力情報または入力情報から取得された1以上の特徴情報を取得する。なお、入力情報は、ここでは、通常、音情報である。 (Step S 911) The learning information storage unit 63 acquires input information or one or more pieces of feature information acquired from the input information. Here, the input information is usually sound information.
 (ステップS912)学習検知部62は、カウンタiに1を代入する。 (Step S912) The learning detection unit 62 substitutes 1 into the counter i.
 (ステップS913)学習検知部62は、i番目の学習条件が学習条件格納部57に存在するか否かを判断する。i番目の学習条件が存在する場合はステップS914に行き、存在しない場合はステップS917に行く。 (Step S 913) The learning detection unit 62 determines whether the i-th learning condition exists in the learning condition storage unit 57. If the i-th learning condition exists, the process goes to step S914. If the i-th learning condition does not exist, the process goes to step S917.
 (ステップS914)学習検知部62は、ステップS901で取得された発火パターンが、i番目の学習条件に合致するか否かを判断する。合致する場合はステップS915に行き、合致しない場合はステップS917に行く。 (Step S914) The learning detection unit 62 determines whether the firing pattern acquired in step S901 matches the i-th learning condition. If they match, the process goes to step S915. If they do not match, the process goes to step S917.
 (ステップS915)学習情報蓄積部63は、ステップS901で取得された発火パターンから蓄積すべき1以上のsoma識別子を取得する。そして、学習情報蓄積部63は、当該1以上のsoma識別子と、ステップS911で取得した入力情報または1以上の特徴情報とを有する学習情報を構成する。なお、当該1以上のsoma識別子は、発火パターンである。 (Step S915) The learning information storage unit 63 acquires one or more soma identifiers to be stored from the firing pattern acquired in step S901. Then, the learning information storage unit 63 configures learning information including the one or more soma identifiers and the input information or the one or more feature information acquired in step S911. The one or more soma identifiers are firing patterns.
 (ステップS916)学習情報蓄積部63は、ステップS915で構成した学習情報を蓄積する。 (Step S916) The learning information storage unit 63 stores the learning information configured in step S915.
 (ステップS917)学習検知部62は、カウンタiを1、インクリメントする。ステップS913に戻る。 (Step S917) The learning detection unit 62 increments the counter i by one. It returns to step S913.
 なお、図9のフローチャートにおいて、ステップS901からステップS910は、出力情報の出力処理であり、ステップS911からステップS917は学習処理である。 In the flowchart of FIG. 9, steps S901 to S910 are output processing of output information, and steps S911 to S917 are learning processing.
 また、図9のフローチャートにおいて、外部情報を使用しなくても良いことは言うまでもない。 Further, it goes without saying that external information may not be used in the flowchart of FIG.
 次に、ステップS607のsoma成長処理の例について、図10のフローチャートを用いて説明する。 Next, an example of the soma growth process of step S 607 will be described using the flowchart of FIG.
 (ステップS1001)成長部64は、カウンタiに1を代入する。 (Step S1001) The growth unit 64 substitutes 1 into the counter i.
 (ステップS1002)成長部64は、i番目のsoma関連情報がsoma関連情報格納部51に存在するか否かを判断する。i番目のsoma関連情報が存在する場合はステップS1003に行き、i番目のsoma関連情報が存在しない場合は上位処理にリターンする。 (Step S 1002) The growth unit 64 determines whether the ith soma related information exists in the soma related information storage unit 51. If the i-th soma related information exists, the process goes to step S1003, and if the i-th soma related information does not exist, the process returns to the upper level processing.
 (ステップS1003)成長部64は、i番目のsoma関連情報に含まれるi番目のsoma識別子に対応する発火情報を発火情報格納部59から取得する。かかる発火情報は、i番目のsomaの発火の履歴である。そして、成長部64は、取得した発火情報が条件を満たすか否かを判断する。条件を満たす場合はステップS1004に行き、条件を満たさない場合はステップS1008に行く。なお、成長部64は、例えば、取得した発火情報から、予め決められた条件を満たすほど、somaが良く発火している場合は、条件を満たすと判断する。つまり、成長部64は、i番目のsoma識別子を含む発火情報の数が予め決められた条件を満たすほど多いか否かを判断する。多い場合は、条件を満たす、と判断する。なお、成長部64が取得する発火情報は、例えば、現在から一定期間以内のタイマー情報を有する発火情報でも良い。 (Step S1003) The growth unit 64 acquires, from the firing information storage unit 59, firing information corresponding to the i-th soma identifier included in the i-th soma related information. Such firing information is a history of firing of the ith soma. Then, the growth unit 64 determines whether the acquired firing information satisfies the condition. If the condition is satisfied, the process goes to step S1004, and if the condition is not satisfied, the process goes to step S1008. Note that the growing unit 64 determines that the condition is satisfied, for example, if soma is firing more appropriately as the condition determined in advance is satisfied from the acquired firing information. That is, the growing unit 64 determines whether the number of pieces of firing information including the ith soma identifier is large enough to satisfy a predetermined condition. If the number is large, it is determined that the condition is satisfied. The firing information acquired by the growth unit 64 may be, for example, firing information having timer information within a certain period from the present.
 (ステップS1004)成長部64は、i番目のsomaに対応するグリア細胞情報に関する情報を取得する。ここでのグリア細胞情報に関する情報とは、i番目のsomaに結合されている1以上のグリア細胞のグリア細胞情報でも良いし、i番目のsomaに結合されているグリア細胞の数などでも良い。 (Step S1004) The growth unit 64 acquires information on glial cell information corresponding to the ith soma. Here, information on glial cell information may be glial cell information of one or more glial cells coupled to the ith soma, or may be the number of glial cells coupled to the ith soma.
 (ステップS1005)成長部64は、ステップS1004で取得したグリア細胞情報に関する情報が、予め決められた条件を満たすか否かを判断する。条件を満たす場合はステップS1006に行き、条件を満たさない場合はステップS1008に行く。なお、予め決められた条件とは、somaを分裂させるための条件である。somaを分裂させるための条件とは、分裂somaを生成するための条件である。また、予め決められた条件は、グリア細胞情報に関する情報が、予め決められた条件を満たすほどグリア細胞が多いことを示す情報である場合である。成長部64は、例えば、i番目のsoma識別子と対になるグリア細胞識別子の数を算出し、当該数が閾値以上または閾値より多い場合に、予め決められた条件を満たすと判断する。なお、ここで、soma関連情報の数、AXON情報の数、Dendrites情報の数等のうち、1種類以上の要素の数が閾値より少ないまたは閾値以下であることを条件として、成長部64は条件を満たすと判断しても良い。 (Step S1005) The growth unit 64 determines whether the information on glial cell information acquired in step S1004 satisfies a predetermined condition. If the condition is satisfied, the process goes to step S1006. If the condition is not satisfied, the process goes to step S1008. The predetermined condition is a condition for dividing soma. Conditions for splitting soma are conditions for generating split soma. In addition, the predetermined condition is a case where the information on glial cell information is information indicating that the number of glial cells is so large that the predetermined condition is satisfied. The growth unit 64 calculates, for example, the number of glial cell identifiers paired with the i-th soma identifier, and determines that the predetermined condition is satisfied when the number is equal to or greater than the threshold or greater than the threshold. Here, the growth unit 64 is a condition on the condition that the number of one or more elements among the number of soma related information, the number of AXON information, the number of Dentrites information, etc. is smaller than the threshold or smaller than the threshold. It may be determined that
 (ステップS1006)成長部64は、i番目のsomaを分裂させた分裂somaのsoma関連情報を生成し、soma関連情報格納部51に蓄積する。なお、成長部64が分裂somaのsoma関連情報を生成するアルゴリズムは問わない。 (Step S1006) The growth unit 64 generates soma related information of the split soma obtained by dividing the i-th soma, and stores the information in the soma related information storage unit 51. Note that there is no limitation on the algorithm by which the growing part 64 generates soma related information of the split soma.
 (ステップS1007)成長部64は、i番目のsomaと、ステップS1006で生成した分裂somaとを結合する結合情報を生成し、結合情報格納部53に蓄積する。 (Step S1007) The growth unit 64 generates connection information for connecting the i-th soma and the split soma generated in step S1006, and stores the generated connection information in the connection information storage unit 53.
 (ステップS1008)成長部64は、カウンタiを1、インクリメントする。ステップS1002に戻る。 (Step S1008) The growth unit 64 increments the counter i by one. It returns to step S1002.
 次に、ステップS608のAXON成長処理の例について、図11のフローチャートを用いて説明する。 Next, an example of AXON growth processing in step S608 will be described using the flowchart of FIG.
 (ステップS1101)成長部64は、カウンタiに1を代入する。 (Step S1101) The growth unit 64 substitutes 1 into the counter i.
 (ステップS1102)成長部64は、i番目のAXON情報がsoma関連情報格納部51に存在するか否かを判断する。i番目のAXON情報が存在する場合はステップS1103に行き、i番目のAXON情報が存在しない場合は上位処理にリターンする。 (Step S1102) The growth unit 64 determines whether or not the ith AXON information exists in the soma related information storage unit 51. If the i-th AXON information exists, the process goes to step S1103. If the i-th AXON information does not exist, the process returns to the upper level processing.
 (ステップS1103)成長部64は、i番目のAXON情報に対応するグリア細胞情報に関する情報を取得する。ここでのグリア細胞情報に関する情報とは、i番目のAXONに結合されている1以上のグリア細胞のグリア細胞情報でも良いし、i番目のAXONに結合されているグリア細胞の数などでも良い。 (Step S1103) The growth unit 64 acquires information on glial cell information corresponding to the i-th AXON information. Here, the information on glial cell information may be glial cell information of one or more glial cells coupled to the i-th AXON, or may be the number of glial cells coupled to the i-th AXON.
 (ステップS1104)成長部64は、ステップS1103で取得したグリア細胞情報に関する情報が、予め決められた条件を満たすか否かを判断する。条件を満たす場合はステップS1105に行き、条件を満たさない場合はステップS1106に行く。なお、予め決められた条件とは、AXONが伸長するための条件である。また、予め決められた条件は、グリア細胞情報に関する情報が、予め決められた条件を満たすほどグリア細胞が多いことを示す情報である場合である。 (Step S1104) The growth unit 64 determines whether the information on glial cell information acquired in step S1103 satisfies a predetermined condition. If the condition is satisfied, the process goes to step S1105. If the condition is not satisfied, the process goes to step S1106. The predetermined condition is a condition for AXON to be expanded. In addition, the predetermined condition is a case where the information on glial cell information is information indicating that the number of glial cells is so large that the predetermined condition is satisfied.
 (ステップS1105)成長部64は、AXONが伸長するように、i番目のAXON情報に含まれるAXON位置情報を変更する。 (Step S1105) The growth unit 64 changes AXON position information included in the i-th AXON information so that AXON can be expanded.
 (ステップS1106)成長部64は、カウンタiを1、インクリメントする。ステップS1102に戻る。 (Step S1106) The growth unit 64 increments the counter i by one. It returns to step S1102.
 次に、ステップS609のDendrites成長処理について、図12のフローチャートを用いて説明する。 Next, Dendrites growth processing in step S609 will be described using the flowchart in FIG.
 (ステップS1201)成長部64は、カウンタiに1を代入する。 (Step S1201) The growth unit 64 substitutes 1 into the counter i.
 (ステップS1202)成長部64は、i番目のDendrites情報がsoma関連情報格納部51に存在するか否かを判断する。i番目のDendrites情報が存在する場合はステップS1203に行き、i番目のDendrites情報が存在しない場合は上位処理にリターンする。 (Step S1202) The growth unit 64 determines whether the ith Dendrites information exists in the soma related information storage unit 51 or not. If the i-th Dendrites information exists, the process goes to step S1203, and if the i-th Dendrites information does not exist, the process returns to the upper level processing.
 (ステップS1203)成長部64は、i番目のDendrites情報に対応するグリア細胞情報に関する情報を取得する。ここでのグリア細胞情報に関する情報とは、i番目のDendritesに結合されている1以上のグリア細胞のグリア細胞情報でも良いし、i番目のDendritesに結合されているグリア細胞の数などでも良い。 (Step S1203) The growth unit 64 acquires information on glial cell information corresponding to the ith Dendrites information. Here, information on glial cell information may be glial cell information of one or more glial cells coupled to the ith Dendrites, or may be the number of glial cells coupled to the ith Dendrites.
 (ステップS1204)成長部64は、ステップS1203で取得したグリア細胞情報に関する情報が、予め決められた条件を満たすか否かを判断する。条件を満たす場合はステップS1205に行き、条件を満たさない場合はステップS1206に行く。なお、予め決められた条件とは、Dendritesが伸長するための条件である。また、予め決められた条件は、グリア細胞情報に関する情報が、予め決められた条件を満たすほどグリア細胞が多いことを示す情報である場合である。 (Step S1204) The growth unit 64 determines whether the information on the glial cell information acquired in step S1203 satisfies a predetermined condition. If the condition is satisfied, the process proceeds to step S1205. If the condition is not satisfied, the process proceeds to step S1206. The predetermined condition is a condition for extending Dendrites. In addition, the predetermined condition is a case where the information on glial cell information is information indicating that the number of glial cells is so large that the predetermined condition is satisfied.
 (ステップS1205)成長部64は、Dendritesが伸長するように、i番目のDendrites情報に含まれるDendrites位置情報を変更する。 (Step S1205) The growing unit 64 changes Dendrites position information included in the i-th Dendrites information so that Dentrites is expanded.
 (ステップS1206)成長部64は、カウンタiを1、インクリメントする。ステップS1202に戻る。 (Step S1206) The growth unit 64 increments the counter i by one. It returns to step S1202.
 次に、ステップS610のsoma結合処理について、図13のフローチャートを用いて説明する。 Next, the soma combining process of step S610 will be described using the flowchart of FIG.
 (ステップS1301)成長部64は、カウンタiに1を代入する。 (Step S1301) The growth unit 64 substitutes 1 into the counter i.
 (ステップS1302)成長部64は、i番目のAXON情報がsoma関連情報格納部51に存在するか否かを判断する。i番目のAXON情報が存在する場合はステップS1303に行き、i番目のAXON情報が存在しない場合は上位処理にリターンする。 (Step S1302) The growth unit 64 determines whether or not the ith AXON information exists in the soma related information storage unit 51. If the i-th AXON information exists, the process goes to step S1303, and if the i-th AXON information does not exist, the process returns to the upper level processing.
 (ステップS1303)成長部64は、i番目のAXON情報が有するAXON位置情報をsoma関連情報格納部51から取得する。 (Step S1303) The growth unit 64 acquires AXON position information included in the i-th AXON information from the soma related information storage unit 51.
 (ステップS1304)成長部64は、カウンタjに1を代入する。 (Step S1304) The growth unit 64 substitutes 1 into the counter j.
 (ステップS1305)成長部64は、i番目のAXONが接続されているsomaへの入力ではないDendritesのDendrites情報であり、j番目のDendrites情報がsoma関連情報格納部51に存在するか否かを判断する。j番目のDendrites情報が存在する場合はステップS1306に行き、j番目のDendrites情報が存在しない場合はステップS1310に行く。 (Step S1305) The growing unit 64 is Dendrites information of Dendrites which is not an input to the soma to which the i-th AXON is connected, and whether the j-th Dendrites information exists in the soma related information storage unit 51 or not to decide. If the j-th Dendrites information exists, the process goes to step S1306, and if the j-th Dendrites information does not exist, the process goes to step S1310.
 (ステップS1306)成長部64は、j番目のDendrites情報が有するDendrites位置情報をsoma関連情報格納部51から取得する。 (Step S1306) The growth unit 64 acquires Dendrites position information included in the j-th Dendrites information from the soma related information storage unit 51.
 (ステップS1307)成長部64は、i番目のAXON情報が有するAXON位置情報と、j番目のDendrites情報が有するDendrites位置情報とを用いて、i番目のAXONとj番目のDendritesとが結合可能か否かを判断する。結合可能である場合はステップS1308に行き、結合可能でない場合はステップS1309に行く。なお、成長部64は、例えば、i番目のAXON情報が有するAXON位置情報がj番目のDendrites情報が有するDendrites位置情報と重なりを有すると判断した場合に、i番目のAXONとj番目のDendritesとが結合可能であると判断する。また、成長部64は、例えば、i番目のAXON情報が有するAXON位置情報が示すAXONの先端の位置と、j番目のDendrites情報が有するDendrites位置情報が示すDendritesの先端の位置とが、一致するまたは閾値以下の距離または閾値未満の距離であると判断した場合に、i番目のAXONとj番目のDendritesとが結合可能であると判断する。 (Step S1307) Whether the growing section 64 can combine the i-th AXON with the j-th Dendrites using the AXON position information included in the i-th AXON information and the Dendrites position information included in the j-th Dendrites information Decide whether or not. If the combination is possible, the process goes to step S1308. If the combination is not possible, the process goes to step S1309. When it is determined that, for example, the AXON position information included in the i-th AXON information overlaps the Dendrites position information included in the j-th Dendrites information, the growing unit 64 determines that the i-th AXON and the j-th Dendrites Determines that it is possible to combine. In the growing unit 64, for example, the position of the tip of AXON indicated by AXON position information included in the i-th AXON information matches the position of the tip of Dendrites indicated by Dendrites position information included in the j-th Dendrites information. Alternatively, when it is determined that the distance is equal to or less than the threshold value, it is determined that the i-th AXON and the j-th Dendrites can be combined.
 (ステップS1308)成長部64は、i番目のAXONとj番目のDendritesとの結合を特定する結合情報を構成し、結合情報格納部53に蓄積する。成長部64は、例えば、i番目のAXON情報が有するAXON識別子と、j番目のDendrites情報が有するDendrites識別子とを有する結合情報を構成し、結合情報格納部53に蓄積する。 (Step S1308) The growth unit 64 constructs connection information for specifying the connection between the i-th AXON and the j-th Dendrites, and stores the connection information in the connection information storage unit 53. The growing unit 64 constructs, for example, combination information including an AXON identifier included in the i-th AXON information and a Dendrites identifier included in the j-th Dendrites information, and stores the combined information in the combined information storage unit 53.
 (ステップS1309)成長部64は、カウンタjを1、インクリメントする。ステップS1305に戻る。 (Step S1309) The growth unit 64 increments the counter j by one. It returns to step S1305.
 (ステップS1310)成長部64は、カウンタiを1、インクリメントする。ステップS1302に戻る。 (Step S1310) The growth unit 64 increments the counter i by one. It returns to step S1302.
 次に、ステップS611のグリア細胞成長処理について、図14のフローチャートを用いて説明する。 Next, the glial cell growth process of step S611 will be described using the flowchart of FIG.
 (ステップS1401)成長部64は、カウンタiに1を代入する。 (Step S1401) The growth unit 64 substitutes 1 into the counter i.
 (ステップS1402)成長部64は、i番目のsoma関連情報がsoma関連情報格納部51に存在するか否かを判断する。i番目のsoma関連情報が存在すればステップS1403に行き、i番目のsoma関連情報が存在しなければ上位処理にリターンする。 (Step S1402) The growth unit 64 determines whether the ith soma related information exists in the soma related information storage unit 51. If the i-th soma related information exists, the process goes to step S1403, and if the i-th soma related information does not exist, the process returns to the upper process.
 (ステップS1403)成長部64は、i番目のsoma関連情報が有する必要エネルギー量情報と保有エネルギー量情報とを取得する。 (Step S1403) The growth unit 64 acquires the necessary energy amount information and the possessed energy amount information that the i-th soma related information has.
 (ステップS1404)成長部64は、ステップS1403で取得した必要エネルギー量情報と保有エネルギー量情報とが予め決められた条件を満たすか否かを判断する。予め決められた条件を満たす場合はステップS1405に行き、予め決められた条件を満たさない場合はステップS1407に行く。 (Step S1404) The growth unit 64 determines whether the necessary energy amount information and the possessed energy amount information acquired in step S1403 satisfy the predetermined condition. If the predetermined condition is satisfied, the process proceeds to step S1405. If the predetermined condition is not satisfied, the process proceeds to step S1407.
 (ステップS1405)成長部64は、i番目のsoma関連情報が有するsoma識別子を取得する。 (Step S1405) The growth part 64 acquires the soma identifier which the i-th soma related information has.
 (ステップS1406)成長部64は、ステップS1405で取得したsoma識別子を有するグリア細胞情報を構成し、グリア細胞情報格納部54に蓄積する。 (Step S1406) The growth unit 64 constructs glial cell information having the soma identifier acquired in step S1405, and stores the glial cell information in the glial cell information storage unit 54.
 (ステップS1407)成長部64は、カウンタjに1を代入する。 (Step S1407) The growth unit 64 substitutes 1 into the counter j.
 (ステップS1408)成長部64は、i番目のsoma関連情報の中にj番目のAXON情報が存在するか否かを判断する。j番目のAXON情報が存在する場合はステップS1409に行き、j番目のAXON情報が存在しない場合はステップS1414に行く。 (Step S1408) The growth unit 64 determines whether the j-th AXON information exists in the i-th soma related information. If the j-th AXON information exists, the process goes to step S1409, and if the j-th AXON information does not exist, the process goes to step S1414.
 (ステップS1409)成長部64は、j番目のAXON情報が有する必要エネルギー量情報と保有エネルギー量情報とを取得する。 (Step S1409) The growth unit 64 acquires necessary energy amount information and possessed energy amount information included in the j-th AXON information.
 (ステップS1410)成長部64は、ステップS1409で取得した必要エネルギー量情報と保有エネルギー量情報とが予め決められた条件を満たすか否かを判断する。予め決められた条件を満たす場合はステップS1411に行き、予め決められた条件を満たさない場合はステップS1413に行く。 (Step S1410) The growth unit 64 determines whether the necessary energy amount information and the possessed energy amount information acquired in step S1409 satisfy the predetermined conditions. If the predetermined condition is satisfied, the process goes to step S1411, and if the predetermined condition is not satisfied, the process goes to step S1413.
 (ステップS1411)成長部64は、j番目のAXON情報のAXON識別子を取得する。 (Step S1411) The growth unit 64 acquires the AXON identifier of the j-th AXON information.
 (ステップS1412)成長部64は、ステップS1411で取得したAXON識別子を有するグリア細胞情報を構成し、グリア細胞情報格納部54に蓄積する。 (Step S1412) The growth unit 64 constructs glial cell information having the AXON identifier acquired in step S1411, and stores the glial cell information in the glial cell information storage unit 54.
 (ステップS1413)成長部64は、カウンタjを1、インクリメントする。ステップS1408に戻る。 (Step S1413) The growth unit 64 increments the counter j by one. It returns to step S1408.
 (ステップS1414)成長部64は、カウンタjに1を代入する。 (Step S1414) The growth unit 64 substitutes 1 into the counter j.
 (ステップS1415)成長部64は、i番目のsoma関連情報の中にj番目のDendrites情報が存在するか否かを判断する。j番目のDendrites情報が存在する場合はステップS1409に行き、j番目のDendrites情報が存在しない場合はステップS1414に行く。 (Step S1415) The growth unit 64 determines whether the j-th Dendrites information is present in the i-th soma related information. If the j-th Dendrites information exists, the process goes to step S1409, and if the j-th Dendrites information does not exist, the process goes to step S1414.
 (ステップS1416)成長部64は、j番目のDendrites情報が有する必要エネルギー量情報と保有エネルギー量情報とを取得する。 (Step S1416) The growth unit 64 acquires necessary energy amount information and possessed energy amount information included in the j-th Dendrites information.
 (ステップS1417)成長部64は、ステップS1416で取得した必要エネルギー量情報と保有エネルギー量情報とが予め決められた条件を満たすか否かを判断する。予め決められた条件を満たす場合はステップS1418に行き、予め決められた条件を満たさない場合はステップS1420に行く。 (Step S1417) The growth unit 64 determines whether the necessary energy amount information and the possessed energy amount information acquired in step S1416 satisfy the predetermined conditions. If the predetermined condition is satisfied, the process goes to step S1418. If the predetermined condition is not satisfied, the process goes to step S1420.
 (ステップS1418)成長部64は、j番目のDendrites情報のDendrites識別子を取得する。 (Step S1418) The growth unit 64 acquires a Dendrites identifier of the j-th Dendrites information.
 (ステップS1419)成長部64は、ステップS1418で取得したDendrites識別子を有するグリア細胞情報を構成し、グリア細胞情報格納部54に蓄積する。 (Step S1419) The growth unit 64 constructs glial cell information having the Dendrites identifier acquired in step S1418, and stores the glial cell information in the glial cell information storage unit 54.
 (ステップS1420)成長部64は、カウンタjを1、インクリメントする。ステップS1415に戻る。 (Step S1420) The growth unit 64 increments the counter j by one. It returns to step S1415.
 (ステップS1421)成長部64は、カウンタiを1、インクリメントする。ステップS1402に戻る。 (Step S1421) The growth unit 64 increments the counter i by one. It returns to step S1402.
 次に、ステップS612のアポトーシス処理について、図15のフローチャートを用いて説明する。 Next, the apoptosis process of step S612 will be described using the flowchart of FIG.
 (ステップS1501)アポトーシス処理部65は、カウンタiに1を代入する。 (Step S1501) The apoptosis processing unit 65 substitutes 1 into the counter i.
 (ステップS1502)アポトーシス処理部65は、i番目のsoma関連情報がsoma関連情報格納部51に存在するか否かを判断する。i番目のsoma関連情報が存在する場合はステップS1503に行き、i番目のsoma関連情報が存在しない場合は上位処理にリターンする。 (Step S1502) The apoptosis processing unit 65 determines whether the ith soma related information exists in the soma related information storage unit 51. If the i-th soma related information exists, the process goes to step S1503. If the i-th soma related information does not exist, the process returns to the upper processing.
 (ステップS1503)アポトーシス処理部65は、i番目のsoma関連情報のsoma識別子をsoma関連情報格納部51から取得する。 (Step S1503) The apoptosis processing unit 65 acquires the soma identifier of the ith soma related information from the soma related information storage unit 51.
 (ステップS1504)アポトーシス処理部65は、ステップS1503で取得したsoma識別子を含む発火情報を発火情報格納部59から取得する。なお、ここで取得する発火情報は、現在の時から閾値以内または閾値より近い時を示すタイマー情報を有する発火情報であることは好適である。 (Step S1504) The apoptosis processing unit 65 acquires, from the ignition information storage unit 59, the ignition information including the soma identifier acquired in step S1503. Preferably, the firing information acquired here is firing information having timer information indicating a time within the threshold or closer to the threshold than the current time.
 (ステップS1505)アポトーシス処理部65は、ステップS1504で取得した発火情報を用いて、アポトーシスの条件を満たすか否かを判断する。アポトーシスの条件を満たす場合はステップS1506に行き、アポトーシスの条件を満たさない場合はステップS1508に行く。 (Step S1505) The apoptosis processing unit 65 determines, using the firing information acquired in step S1504, whether the condition for apoptosis is satisfied. If the condition for apoptosis is satisfied, the process goes to step S1506. If the condition for apoptosis is not satisfied, the process goes to step S1508.
 (ステップS1506)アポトーシス処理部65は、i番目のsoma関連情報をsoma関連情報格納部51から削除する。 (Step S1506) The apoptosis processing unit 65 deletes the ith soma related information from the soma related information storage unit 51.
 (ステップS1507)アポトーシス処理部65は、i番目のsomaに対応する結合情報を結合情報格納部53から削除する。 (Step S1507) The apoptosis processing unit 65 deletes the binding information corresponding to the ith soma from the binding information storage unit 53.
 (ステップS1508)アポトーシス処理部65は、カウンタiを1、インクリメントする。ステップS1502に戻る。 (Step S1508) The apoptosis processing unit 65 increments the counter i by one. It returns to step S1502.
 以上、本実施の形態によれば、人間の耳または脳の機能を模倣して得られる音情報を得ることができる。 As described above, according to the present embodiment, it is possible to obtain sound information obtained by imitating the function of the human ear or brain.
 なお、本実施の形態における音情報処理装置を実現するソフトウェアは、以下のようなプログラムである。つまり、このプログラムは、コンピュータを、音情報を、順次、受け付ける受付部と、前記受付部が受け付けた音情報を2以上の周波数帯に分割し、2以上の部分音情報を取得し、時間的に異なるタイミングの、周波数帯が異なる2以上の部分音情報を合成し、出力音情報を取得する変更部と、前記出力音情報を出力する出力部として機能させるためのプログラムである。 The software for realizing the sound information processing apparatus in the present embodiment is the following program. That is, this program divides the computer into a reception unit that receives sound information sequentially, and divides the sound information received by the reception unit into two or more frequency bands, and acquires two or more partial sound information The program is configured to function as a changing unit that synthesizes two or more partial sound information having different frequency bands at different timings to obtain output sound information, and an output unit that outputs the output sound information.
 また、上記プログラムにおいて、コンピュータがアクセス可能な記録媒体は、somaを識別するsoma識別子と、当該somaが発火するための条件に関する発火条件情報とを有する2以上のsoma関連情報が格納されるsoma関連情報格納部と、2以上のsomaの間の結合を特定する1以上の結合情報が格納される結合情報格納部と、1以上のsoma識別子を有する発火パターンを用いた出力のための条件である出力条件と出力される情報である出力情報とを有する1以上の出力管理情報が格納される出力管理情報格納部とを具備し、前記変更部は、前記受付部が受け付けた音情報を2以上の周波数帯に分割し、2以上の第一部分音情報を取得する第一分割手段と、前記受付部が受け付けた音情報を時間的に2以上に分割し、2以上の第二部分音情報を取得する第二分割手段と、前記第一部分音情報または前記第二部分音情報である各部分音情報から、1以上の特徴情報を取得する特徴情報取得手段と、前記部分音情報ごとに、最初に発火するsomaを識別する1以上のsoma識別子とを取得し、かつ1以上の他のsomaから渡された1以上の特徴情報または当該1以上の特徴情報から取得される1以上の特徴情報と発火の判断の対象となる1以上の各somaのsoma識別子とを取得する情報伝達手段と、前記2以上の各特徴情報ごとに、前記情報伝達手段が取得した1以上の特徴情報と、前記情報伝達手段が取得した1以上の各soma識別子と対になる発火条件情報とを用いて、前記各soma識別子で識別されるsomaが発火するか否かを判断する判断手段と、前記部分音情報ごとに、前記判断手段が発火すると判断したsomaを識別する1以上のsoma識別子を含む発火パターンを取得する発火パターン取得手段と、前記部分音情報ごとに、前記発火パターン取得手段が取得した発火パターンに対応する出力情報を前記出力管理情報格納部から取得し、当該取得した1以上の出力情報から出力音情報を構成する合成手段とを具備するものとして、コンピュータを機能させるプログラムであることは好適である。 In the above program, a computer-accessible recording medium is a soma related information in which two or more soma related information having a soma identifier for identifying soma and firing condition information on a condition for firing the soma is stored A condition for output using an information storage unit, a combined information storage unit storing one or more combined information specifying a combination between two or more soma, and a firing pattern having one or more soma identifier And an output management information storage unit storing one or more output management information having output conditions and output information which is output information, and the change unit is configured to receive two or more pieces of sound information received by the reception unit. First division means for acquiring two or more pieces of first partial sound information, and temporally dividing the sound information received by the reception unit into two or more; Second division means for acquiring two or more pieces of second partial sound information, and characteristic information acquisition means for acquiring one or more pieces of characteristic information from partial sound information that is the first partial sound information or the second partial sound information; Acquiring one or more soma identifiers identifying the soma to be fired first for each partial sound information, and one or more feature information passed from one or more other soma or the one or more feature information An information transfer means for obtaining one or more feature information to be obtained and a soma identifier of one or more soma to be subjected to the judgment of firing, and the information transfer means for each of the two or more pieces of feature information It is determined whether or not the soma identified by each of the soma identifiers is fired using the one or more feature information and the firing condition information paired with the one or more soma identifiers acquired by the information transfer means A firing pattern acquiring unit for acquiring a firing pattern including one or more soma identifiers for identifying the soma determined to fire by the partial sound information, and for each of the partial sound information, Computer comprising: output means corresponding to a firing pattern obtained by the firing pattern obtaining means, obtained from the output management information storage unit, and synthesizing means for composing output sound information from the obtained one or more of the output information It is preferable that it is a program that causes
 また、図16は、本明細書で述べたプログラムを実行して、上述した種々の実施の形態の音情報処理装置を実現するコンピュータの外観を示す。上述の実施の形態は、コンピュータハードウェア及びその上で実行されるコンピュータプログラムで実現され得る。図16は、このコンピュータシステム300の概観図であり、図17は、システム300のブロック図である。 FIG. 16 also shows the appearance of a computer that implements the sound information processing apparatus of the various embodiments described above by executing the program described in the present specification. The embodiments described above can be implemented with computer hardware and computer programs executed thereon. FIG. 16 is an overview of this computer system 300, and FIG. 17 is a block diagram of the system 300.
 図16において、コンピュータシステム300は、CD-ROMドライブを含むコンピュータ301と、キーボード302と、マウス303と、モニタ304とを含む。 In FIG. 16, computer system 300 includes a computer 301 including a CD-ROM drive, a keyboard 302, a mouse 303, and a monitor 304.
 図17において、コンピュータ301は、CD-ROMドライブ3012に加えて、MPU3013と、MPU3013、CD-ROMドライブ3012に接続されたバス3014と、ブートアッププログラム等のプログラムを記憶するためのROM3015と、MPU3013に接続され、アプリケーションプログラムの命令を一時的に記憶するとともに一時記憶空間を提供するためのRAM3016と、アプリケーションプログラム、システムプログラム、及びデータを記憶するためのハードディスク3017とを含む。ここでは、図示しないが、コンピュータ301は、さらに、LANへの接続を提供するネットワークカードを含んでも良い。 In FIG. 17, a computer 301 includes an MPU 3013, a bus 3014 connected to the MPU 3013, and a CD-ROM drive 3012 in addition to a CD-ROM drive 3012, a ROM 3015 for storing programs such as a bootup program, and an MPU 3013. And a RAM 3016 for temporarily storing instructions of the application program and providing a temporary storage space, and a hard disk 3017 for storing the application program, the system program, and data. Although not shown here, the computer 301 may further include a network card for providing a connection to the LAN.
 コンピュータシステム300に、上述した実施の形態の音情報処理装置の機能を実行させるプログラムは、CD-ROM3101に記憶されて、CD-ROMドライブ3012に挿入され、さらにハードディスク3017に転送されても良い。これに代えて、プログラムは、図示しないネットワークを介してコンピュータ301に送信され、ハードディスク3017に記憶されても良い。プログラムは実行の際にRAM3016にロードされる。プログラムは、CD-ROM3101またはネットワークから直接、ロードされても良い。 The program that causes the computer system 300 to execute the functions of the sound information processing apparatus of the above-described embodiment may be stored in the CD-ROM 3101, inserted into the CD-ROM drive 3012, and further transferred to the hard disk 3017. Alternatively, the program may be transmitted to the computer 301 via a network (not shown) and stored in the hard disk 3017. The program is loaded into the RAM 3016 upon execution. The program may be loaded directly from the CD-ROM 3101 or from the network.
 プログラムは、コンピュータ301に、上述した実施の形態の音情報処理装置の機能を実行させるオペレーティングシステム(OS)、またはサードパーティープログラム等は、必ずしも含まなくても良い。プログラムは、制御された態様で適切な機能(モジュール)を呼び出し、所望の結果が得られるようにする命令の部分のみを含んでいれば良い。コンピュータシステム300がどのように動作するかは周知であり、詳細な説明は省略する。 The program may not necessarily include the operating system (OS) or the third party program that causes the computer 301 to execute the function of the sound information processing apparatus of the above-described embodiment. The program needs to call only an appropriate function (module) in a controlled manner, and include only a part of an instruction that makes it possible to obtain a desired result. It is well known how the computer system 300 operates, and the detailed description is omitted.
 なお、上記プログラムにおいて、情報を送信するステップや、情報を受信するステップなどでは、ハードウェアによって行われる処理、例えば、送信ステップにおけるモデムやインターフェースカードなどで行われる処理(ハードウェアでしか行われない処理)は含まれない。 In the above program, in the step of transmitting information, the step of receiving information, etc., processing performed by hardware, for example, processing performed by modem or interface card in transmission step (performed only by hardware Processing is not included.
 また、上記プログラムを実行するコンピュータは、単数であってもよく、複数であってもよい。すなわち、集中処理を行ってもよく、あるいは分散処理を行ってもよい。 Moreover, the computer that executes the program may be singular or plural. That is, centralized processing may be performed, or distributed processing may be performed.
 また、上記各実施の形態において、一の装置に存在する2以上の通信手段は、物理的に一の媒体で実現されても良いことは言うまでもない。 Further, in each of the above embodiments, it goes without saying that two or more communication means existing in one apparatus may be physically realized by one medium.
 また、上記各実施の形態において、各処理は、単一の装置によって集中処理されることによって実現されてもよく、あるいは、複数の装置によって分散処理されることによって実現されてもよい。 In each of the above embodiments, each process may be realized by centralized processing by a single device, or may be realized by distributed processing by a plurality of devices.
 本発明は、以上の実施の形態に限定されることなく、種々の変更が可能であり、それらも本発明の範囲内に包含されるものであることは言うまでもない。 It goes without saying that the present invention is not limited to the above embodiments, and various modifications are possible, which are also included in the scope of the present invention.
 以上のように、本発明にかかる音情報処理装置は、人間の耳または脳の機能を模倣して得られる音情報を得ることができる、という効果を有し、音情報処理装置等として有用である。 As described above, the sound information processing apparatus according to the present invention has the effect of being able to obtain sound information obtained by imitating the function of the human ear or brain, and is useful as a sound information processing apparatus etc. is there.
 1、5 格納部
 2 受付部
 3、61 変更部
 4 出力部
 6 処理部
 21 入力情報受付部
 31 第一分割手段
 32 第二分割手段
 33、617 合成手段
 51 soma関連情報格納部
 52 soma群情報格納部
 53 結合情報格納部
 54 グリア細胞情報格納部
 55 発火始点情報格納部
 56 出力管理情報格納部
 57 学習条件格納部
 58 学習情報格納部
 59 発火情報格納部
 60 利用結合情報格納部
 62 学習検知部
 63 学習情報蓄積部
 64 成長部
 65 アポトーシス処理部
 66 発火情報蓄積部
 611 特徴情報取得手段
 612 情報伝達手段
 613 soma演算手段
 614 判断手段
 615 発火確率変更手段
 616 発火パターン取得手段
 617 出力情報取得手段
 618 制御手段
 6121 発火始点soma決定手段
 6122 結合検知手段
 6123 伝達情報取得手段
1, 5 storage unit 2 reception unit 3, 61 change unit 4 output unit 6 processing unit 21 input information reception unit 31 first division unit 32 second division unit 33, 617 synthesis unit 51 soma related information storage unit 52 soma group information storage Unit 53 Connection information storage unit 54 Glial cell information storage unit 55 Firing start point information storage unit 56 Output management information storage unit 57 Learning condition storage unit 58 Learning information storage unit 59 Ignition information storage unit 60 Usage connection information storage unit 62 Learning detection unit 63 Learning information storage unit 64 Growth unit 65 Apoptosis processing unit 66 Firing information storage unit 611 Characteristic information acquisition means 612 Information transmission means 613 soma arithmetic means 614 Judgment means 615 Firing probability change means 616 Firing pattern acquisition means 617 Output information acquisition means 618 Control means 6121 Firing start point soma determination means 6122 Connection detection Means 6123 Transmission information acquisition means

Claims (6)

  1. 音情報を、順次、受け付ける受付部と、
    前記受付部が受け付けた音情報を2以上の周波数帯に分割し、2以上の部分音情報を取得し、時間的に異なるタイミングの、周波数帯が異なる2以上の部分音情報を合成し、出力音情報を取得する変更部と、
    前記出力音情報を出力する出力部とを具備する音情報処理装置。
    A reception unit that receives sound information sequentially;
    The sound information received by the reception unit is divided into two or more frequency bands, two or more partial sound information is acquired, and two or more partial sound information with different frequency bands at different timings are synthesized and output. A change unit that acquires sound information,
    A sound information processing apparatus comprising: an output unit that outputs the output sound information.
  2. 前記変更部は、
    前記受付部が受け付けた音情報を2以上の周波数帯に分割し、2以上の部分音情報を取得し、時間的に先に受け付けた音情報のうちの高周波数帯の部分音情報と、時間的に後に受け付けた音情報のうちの低周波数帯の部分音情報とを合成し、出力音情報を取得する請求項1記載の音情報処理装置。
    The change unit is
    The sound information received by the reception unit is divided into two or more frequency bands, two or more partial sound information is acquired, and partial sound information in a high frequency band of the sound information received earlier in time, and time The sound information processing apparatus according to claim 1, wherein the sound information processing apparatus acquires the output sound information by combining the partial sound information in the low frequency band among the sound information received later.
  3. 前記変更部は、
    前記受付部が受け付けた音情報を2以上の周波数帯に分割し、2以上の第一部分音情報を取得し、第一のキューに一時蓄積する第一分割手段と、
    前記受付部が受け付けた音情報を時間的に2以上に分割し、2以上の第二部分音情報を取得し、第二のキューに一時蓄積する第二分割手段と、
    前記第一のキューの1以上の第一部分音情報と、前記第二のキューの1以上の第二部分音情報とを順次取り出し、合成し、出力音情報を取得する合成手段とを具備する請求項1または請求項2記載の音情報処理装置。
    The change unit is
    First division means for dividing the sound information received by the reception unit into two or more frequency bands, acquiring two or more first partial sound information, and temporarily storing the first partial sound information in a first queue;
    Second division means for temporally dividing the sound information received by the reception unit into two or more, acquiring two or more pieces of second partial sound information, and temporarily storing the second partial sound information in a second queue;
    A combining means for sequentially extracting and combining the one or more first partial sound information of the first cue and the one or more second partial sound information of the second cue; and acquiring output sound information The sound information processing apparatus according to claim 1 or 2.
  4. somaを識別するsoma識別子と、当該somaが発火するための条件に関する発火条件情報とを有する2以上のsoma関連情報が格納されるsoma関連情報格納部と、
    2以上のsomaの間の結合を特定する1以上の結合情報が格納される結合情報格納部と、
    1以上のsoma識別子を有する発火パターンを用いた出力のための条件である出力条件と出力される情報である出力情報とを有する1以上の出力管理情報が格納される出力管理情報格納部とをさらに具備し、
    前記変更部は、
    前記受付部が受け付けた音情報を2以上の周波数帯に分割し、2以上の第一部分音情報を取得する第一分割手段と、
    前記受付部が受け付けた音情報を時間的に2以上に分割し、2以上の第二部分音情報を取得する第二分割手段と、
    前記第一部分音情報または前記第二部分音情報である各部分音情報から、1以上の特徴情報を取得する特徴情報取得手段と、
    前記部分音情報ごとに、最初に発火するsomaを識別する1以上のsoma識別子とを取得し、かつ1以上の他のsomaから渡された1以上の特徴情報または当該1以上の特徴情報から取得される1以上の特徴情報と発火の判断の対象となる1以上の各somaのsoma識別子とを取得する情報伝達手段と、
    前記2以上の各特徴情報ごとに、前記情報伝達手段が取得した1以上の特徴情報と、前記情報伝達手段が取得した1以上の各soma識別子と対になる発火条件情報とを用いて、前記各soma識別子で識別されるsomaが発火するか否かを判断する判断手段と、
    前記部分音情報ごとに、前記判断手段が発火すると判断したsomaを識別する1以上のsoma識別子を含む発火パターンを取得する発火パターン取得手段と、
    前記部分音情報ごとに、前記発火パターン取得手段が取得した発火パターンに対応する出力情報を前記出力管理情報格納部から取得し、当該取得した1以上の出力情報から出力音情報を構成する合成手段とを具備する請求項1から請求項3いずれか一項に記載の音情報処理装置。
    a soma related information storage unit storing two or more pieces of soma related information including a soma identifier identifying soma and firing condition information on a condition for firing the soma;
    A combined information storage unit in which one or more pieces of combined information specifying a combination between two or more soma are stored;
    An output management information storage unit storing one or more pieces of output management information having output conditions which are conditions for output using a firing pattern having one or more soma identifiers and output information which is output information; In addition,
    The change unit is
    First division means for dividing the sound information received by the reception unit into two or more frequency bands and acquiring two or more first partial sound information;
    Second division means for temporally dividing the sound information received by the reception unit into two or more, and acquiring two or more pieces of second partial sound information;
    Feature information acquisition means for acquiring one or more pieces of feature information from the partial sound information which is the first partial sound information or the second partial sound information;
    For each partial sound information, obtain one or more soma identifiers that identify the soma to be fired first, and obtain from one or more feature information passed from one or more other soma or the one or more feature information Information transmission means for acquiring one or more feature information to be detected and one or more soma identifiers of each soma to be subjected to the judgment of firing;
    For each of the two or more pieces of feature information, using the one or more pieces of feature information acquired by the information transfer means, and the firing condition information paired with the one or more soma identifiers obtained by the information transfer means Determination means for determining whether or not the soma identified by each soma identifier fires;
    An ignition pattern acquisition unit that acquires, for each of the partial sound information, an ignition pattern that includes one or more soma identifiers that identify the soma that the determination unit has determined to fire;
    A synthesis unit that acquires output information corresponding to the firing pattern acquired by the ignition pattern acquisition unit from the output management information storage unit for each of the partial sound information, and configures output sound information from the acquired one or more output information The sound information processing apparatus according to any one of claims 1 to 3, comprising:
  5. 受付部、変更部、および出力部により実現される音情報処理方法であって、
    前記受付部が、音情報を、順次、受け付ける受付ステップと、
    前記変更部が、前記受付ステップで受け付けられた音情報を2以上の周波数帯に分割し、2以上の部分音情報を取得し、時間的に異なるタイミングの、周波数帯が異なる2以上の部分音情報を合成し、出力音情報を取得する変更ステップと、
    前記出力部が、前記出力音情報を出力する出力ステップとを具備する音情報処理方法。
    A sound information processing method implemented by a receiving unit, a changing unit, and an output unit,
    An accepting step in which the accepting unit sequentially accepts sound information;
    The changing unit divides the sound information received in the receiving step into two or more frequency bands, acquires two or more partial sound information, and two or more partial sounds having different frequency bands at different timings. Changing step of synthesizing information and acquiring output sound information;
    A sound information processing method comprising: an output step of outputting the output sound information by the output unit.
  6. コンピュータを、
    音情報を、順次、受け付ける受付部と、
    前記受付部が受け付けた音情報を2以上の周波数帯に分割し、2以上の部分音情報を取得し、時間的に異なるタイミングの、周波数帯が異なる2以上の部分音情報を合成し、出力音情報を取得する変更部と、
    前記出力音情報を出力する出力部として機能させるためのプログラム。
    Computer,
    A reception unit that receives sound information sequentially;
    The sound information received by the reception unit is divided into two or more frequency bands, two or more partial sound information is acquired, and two or more partial sound information with different frequency bands at different timings are synthesized and output. A change unit that acquires sound information,
    A program for functioning as an output unit that outputs the output sound information.
PCT/JP2017/024150 2017-06-30 2017-06-30 Sound information processing device, sound information processing method, and program WO2019003418A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/JP2017/024150 WO2019003418A1 (en) 2017-06-30 2017-06-30 Sound information processing device, sound information processing method, and program
JP2019526095A JP6912569B2 (en) 2017-06-30 2017-06-30 Sound information processing equipment, sound information processing methods, and programs

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/JP2017/024150 WO2019003418A1 (en) 2017-06-30 2017-06-30 Sound information processing device, sound information processing method, and program

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019003418A1 true WO2019003418A1 (en) 2019-01-03

Family

ID=64741335

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2017/024150 WO2019003418A1 (en) 2017-06-30 2017-06-30 Sound information processing device, sound information processing method, and program

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6912569B2 (en)
WO (1) WO2019003418A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2006028133A1 (en) * 2004-09-07 2006-03-16 Iida Denshi Sekkei Ltd. Acoustic reproduction method and device
JP2008116887A (en) * 2006-11-07 2008-05-22 Iida Denshi Sekkei Kk Voice (sound) signal processing method and device for dividing voice (sound) in predetermined period to sort the voice right and left and shift the right and left voice (sound) for predetermined period
JP2011115598A (en) * 2009-02-03 2011-06-16 Action Research:Kk Electronic instrument, electric vehicle, and recording medium

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4975112B2 (en) * 2008-01-31 2012-07-11 三菱電機株式会社 Band division time correction signal processing apparatus

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2006028133A1 (en) * 2004-09-07 2006-03-16 Iida Denshi Sekkei Ltd. Acoustic reproduction method and device
JP2008116887A (en) * 2006-11-07 2008-05-22 Iida Denshi Sekkei Kk Voice (sound) signal processing method and device for dividing voice (sound) in predetermined period to sort the voice right and left and shift the right and left voice (sound) for predetermined period
JP2011115598A (en) * 2009-02-03 2011-06-16 Action Research:Kk Electronic instrument, electric vehicle, and recording medium

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP6912569B2 (en) 2021-08-04
JPWO2019003418A1 (en) 2020-04-23

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10092827B2 (en) Active trigger poses
EP3564789A1 (en) Haptic warping system that transforms a haptic signal into a collection of vibrotactile haptic effect patterns
CN106445460B (en) Control method and device
CN109091869A (en) Method of controlling operation, device, computer equipment and the storage medium of virtual objects
CN111354332A (en) Singing voice synthesis method and device
TW201523509A (en) Method for rhythm visualization, system, and computer-readable memory
CN111225237B (en) Sound and picture matching method of video, related device and storage medium
CN108900771A (en) A kind of method for processing video frequency, device, terminal device and storage medium
CN104932681A (en) Automatic tuning of haptic effects
CN108924610A (en) Multimedia file processing method, device, medium and calculating equipment
JP2018170602A (en) Execution apparatus, information processing system, information processing method, and program
KR102161237B1 (en) Method for outputting sound and apparatus for the same
JP6912569B2 (en) Sound information processing equipment, sound information processing methods, and programs
JP6864085B2 (en) Information processing equipment, information processing methods, and programs
CN114401439B (en) Dance video generation method, device and storage medium
JP6413653B2 (en) Information processing apparatus, information processing method, and program
EP3312775B1 (en) Control system, system, and program
WO2024047804A1 (en) Nn growth device, information processing device, method for producing neural network information, and program
CN106598062A (en) Flight motion control method and device for unmanned plane
JP6758484B2 (en) Information processing equipment, information processing methods, and programs
WO2018189791A1 (en) Information processing device, information processing method, and program
CN109151515A (en) Interaction system and method in performance scene
JP5714076B2 (en) Auditory saliency evaluation apparatus, auditory saliency evaluation method, and program
KR102178414B1 (en) Wireless sound converting device with multiple microphone units
CN115700870A (en) Audio data processing method and device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17916293

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2019526095

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 17916293

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1